WO2017185369A1 - 用于设备间通信的方法和装置 - Google Patents

用于设备间通信的方法和装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2017185369A1
WO2017185369A1 PCT/CN2016/080803 CN2016080803W WO2017185369A1 WO 2017185369 A1 WO2017185369 A1 WO 2017185369A1 CN 2016080803 W CN2016080803 W CN 2016080803W WO 2017185369 A1 WO2017185369 A1 WO 2017185369A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
terminal device
group
indication information
determining
central
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2016/080803
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
唐海
Original Assignee
广东欧珀移动通信有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 filed Critical 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司
Priority to JP2018551468A priority Critical patent/JP6690012B2/ja
Priority to PCT/CN2016/080803 priority patent/WO2017185369A1/zh
Priority to KR1020187029501A priority patent/KR20190002449A/ko
Priority to US16/085,549 priority patent/US10575283B2/en
Priority to EP16899880.5A priority patent/EP3410612B1/en
Priority to CN201680083004.8A priority patent/CN108702205A/zh
Priority to TW106111292A priority patent/TWI725160B/zh
Publication of WO2017185369A1 publication Critical patent/WO2017185369A1/zh
Priority to HK18114651.1A priority patent/HK1255477A1/zh

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00—Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/06—Selective distribution of broadcast services, e.g. multimedia broadcast multicast service [MBMS]; Services to user groups; One-way selective calling services
    • H04W4/08—User group management
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/24—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field for communication between two or more posts
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00—Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/80—Services using short range communication, e.g. near-field communication [NFC], radio-frequency identification [RFID] or low energy communication
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/02—Selection of wireless resources by user or terminal
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W84/00—Network topologies
    • H04W84/18—Self-organising networks, e.g. ad-hoc networks or sensor networks
    • H04W84/20—Master-slave selection or change arrangements
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W92/00—Interfaces specially adapted for wireless communication networks
    • H04W92/16—Interfaces between hierarchically similar devices
    • H04W92/18—Interfaces between hierarchically similar devices between terminal devices

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of communications and, more particularly, to a method and apparatus for inter-device communication.
  • inter-device communication technologies such as device-to-device (D2D) communication technology and vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V) communication technology, have become popular in the development of wireless communication technology. field.
  • D2D device-to-device
  • V2V vehicle-to-vehicle
  • the present invention provides a method and apparatus for inter-device communication that can improve the efficiency and reliability of communication between devices.
  • a method for inter-device communication comprising: determining, by a first terminal device, a central terminal device as a first group, wherein the first group comprises the central terminal device and at least one a member terminal device; the first terminal device allocates a first radio resource to the second terminal device, so that the second terminal device performs inter-device communication according to the first radio resource, where the second terminal device belongs to the first group Member terminal devices in the group.
  • the first terminal device determines the central terminal device that is the first group, and the first terminal device generates the first sequence; the first terminal device Sending first indication information, the first indication information is used to indicate the first sequence and device information of the first terminal device, where one device information is used to uniquely indicate a terminal device; the first terminal device receives at least one Second indication information, the at least one second indication information Corresponding to the at least one third terminal device, each second indication information is used to indicate the second sequence generated by the corresponding third terminal device and the device information of the corresponding third terminal device; When the relationship between the second sequence satisfies the preset condition, the first terminal device determines that the first terminal device is the central terminal device of the first group.
  • the method further includes: when the relationship between the first sequence and the second sequence meets a preset condition, the first The terminal device determines that the third terminal device belongs to the member terminal device of the first group.
  • the method further includes: the first terminal device sends the first detection signal, so that the third terminal device determines that the third terminal device is received Transmitting the second indication information after the signal strength of the first detection signal is greater than or equal to the first preset strength, or the third terminal device determines that the first terminal device is determined based on the received first detection signal
  • the second indication information is sent after the distance between the second terminal devices is less than or equal to the first preset distance.
  • the first terminal device sends the first indication information, where the first terminal device receives the second detection signal, where the second detection The first terminal device sends the first indication information after determining that the received signal strength of the second detection signal is greater than or equal to the first preset strength; or the first terminal The device determines a distance between the first terminal device and the third terminal device based on the received second detection signal, and determines that a distance between the first terminal device and the third terminal device is less than or equal to the first After the preset distance, the first indication information is sent.
  • the second sequence is determined by the third terminal device according to the device information of the third terminal device, and the first terminal generates The first sequence includes: the first terminal device generates a first sequence according to the device information of the first terminal device.
  • the method before the first terminal device determines that the first terminal device is the central terminal device of the first group, the method further includes: When the relationship between the first sequence and the second sequence meets a preset condition, the first terminal device sends a third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device requests the central terminal device.
  • the first terminal device determines that the first terminal device is the central terminal device of the first group, and includes: The terminal device receives the fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the third terminal device agrees that the first terminal device is the central terminal device of the first group, and the fourth indication information is that the third terminal device is Determining, when the relationship between the first sequence and the second sequence meets the preset condition, the first terminal device determines, according to the fourth indication information, that the first terminal device is the central terminal device of the first group, And determining that the third terminal device belongs to the member terminal device.
  • the fourth indication information is further used to indicate the first sequence.
  • the first terminal device determines that the first terminal device is the central terminal device of the first group, and includes: the first terminal device When it is determined that the fifth indication information is not received within the preset time period T after the sending of the third indication information, determining that the first terminal device is the central terminal device of the first group, and determining that the third terminal device belongs to the member The terminal device, wherein the fifth indication information is used to indicate that the third terminal device does not agree to the first terminal device as the central terminal device of the first group.
  • the method further includes: when the first terminal device receives the fifth indication information after the preset time period T, determining the The third terminal device does not belong to the first group.
  • the method before the first terminal device determines that the first terminal device is the central terminal device of the first group, the method further includes The first terminal device resends the first indication information when receiving the fifth indication information in the preset time period T after the third information is sent, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate the third The terminal device disagrees with the first terminal device as the central terminal device of the first group.
  • the fifth indication information is sent by the third terminal device after determining that the first indication information is received incorrectly, and the first The five indication information is further used to indicate a portion of the first indication information that receives an error.
  • the method further includes: the first terminal device assigning an intra-group identifier to each terminal device in the first group, An intra-group identifier is used to uniquely indicate a terminal device in the first group; the first terminal device sends a sixth indication information, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate each of the first group.
  • An intra-group identifier of the terminal device so that each terminal device in the first group performs inter-device communication based on the intra-group identifier.
  • the method further includes: determining, by the first terminal device, the group identifier of the first group, where Instructing a device group; the first terminal device periodically sends a first group broadcast signal, where the first group broadcast signal carries the group identifier of the first group and device information of the first terminal device.
  • the method further includes: the first terminal device detects the at least one second group broadcast signal, the at least one second group broadcast The signal is in one-to-one correspondence with the at least one second group, and each of the second group broadcast signals is periodically sent by the central terminal device of the corresponding second group, and each second group broadcast signal bearer has a corresponding a group identifier of the second group and device information of the central terminal device of the corresponding second group; the first terminal device determining the group identifier of the second group and the group identifier of the first group When the same, the group identifier of the first group is changed; or the first terminal device sends the ninth indication information when determining that the group identifier of the second group is the same as the group identifier of the first group, The ninth indication information is used to indicate that the central terminal device of the second group changes the group identifier of the second group.
  • the method further includes: receiving, by the first terminal device, the first request message sent by the fourth terminal device, the first request message Carrying the device information of the fourth terminal device, the first request message is used to indicate that the fourth terminal device requests to join the first group, and the first request message is that the second terminal device determines the received And transmitting, after the signal strength of the group broadcast signal is greater than or equal to the second preset strength, or the first request message is determined by the second terminal device based on the received first group broadcast signal. After the distance between the terminal device and the fourth terminal device is less than or equal to the second preset distance, the first terminal device determines, according to the first request message, that the fourth terminal device belongs to the first group. Member terminal equipment.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first terminal device receives the second request message sent by the fifth terminal device in the first group, the fifth terminal device belongs to the member terminal device of the first group, and the second request message is used to indicate the first
  • the fifth terminal device requests to exit the first group, and the second request message is sent by the fifth terminal device after determining that the received signal strength of the first group broadcast signal is less than the second preset strength, or The second request message is that the fifth terminal device is determined based on the received After the distance between the first terminal device and the fifth terminal device determined by the group broadcast signal is greater than the second preset distance, the first terminal device determines, according to the second request message, that the fifth terminal device does not A member terminal device belonging to the first group.
  • the method further includes: the first terminal device detects a heartbeat signal sent by the sixth terminal device, where the sixth terminal device belongs to the a member terminal device of the first group, the heartbeat signal carries the device information of the sixth terminal device, and the heartbeat signal is that the sixth terminal device according to the preset or by the member terminal device determined as the member of the first group And transmitting, by the first terminal device, the first terminal device does not correctly receive the heartbeat signal within the preset duration; determining that the sixth terminal device no longer belongs to the member terminal device of the first group, where The preset duration is greater than or equal to the duration of the preset period, and the sixth terminal device stops transmitting the heartbeat signal after determining that the received signal strength of the first group broadcast signal is less than the second preset strength, or The sixth terminal device determines a distance between the first terminal device and the sixth terminal device determined based on the received first group broadcast signal After the second predetermined distance to stop the heart
  • the first radio resource is specifically used by the second terminal device to send the seventh terminal device in the first group One data.
  • the method further includes: the first terminal device sending the indication information of the first radio resource to the seventh terminal device.
  • the method further includes: the first terminal device sends, to the seventh terminal device, tenth indication information, the tenth indication The information is used to indicate that the seventh terminal device sends the sounding signal.
  • the method further includes: the first terminal device allocates a second radio resource to the seventh terminal device, to facilitate the The seven terminal devices send feedback information for the first data through the second wireless resource.
  • the method further includes: the first terminal device receives the third group broadcast signal, where the third group broadcast signal is The third group broadcast signal is periodically sent by the central terminal device of the third group, and the group identifier of the third group and the device information of the central terminal device of the third group are received; The terminal device communicates with the central terminal device of the third group according to the third group broadcast signal to determine the terminal device included in the third group, and obtains the central terminal device device of the third group. The terminal device included in the first group.
  • the method further includes: receiving, by the first terminal device, the second data sent by the second terminal device by using the first radio resource
  • the second data is data that needs to be sent to the eighth terminal device, the eighth terminal device belongs to the third group; the first terminal device determines a third wireless resource, and the third wireless resource is the third group
  • the central terminal device is allocated to the first terminal device; the first terminal device sends the second data to the central terminal device of the third group or the eighth terminal device by using the third wireless resource.
  • the method further includes: receiving, by the first terminal device, the central terminal device of the third group by using the fourth radio resource
  • the third data, the fourth radio resource is allocated by the central terminal device of the third group, the third data is data that needs to be sent to the second terminal device; the first terminal device uses the first radio resource to The second terminal device sends the third data.
  • the method further includes: receiving, by the first terminal device, the fourth data sent by the second terminal device by using the first radio resource
  • the fourth data is data that needs to be sent to the network device; the first terminal device sends the fourth data to the network device.
  • the method further includes: the first terminal device receives the fifth data sent by the network device, where the fifth data needs to be sent Data to the second terminal device; the first terminal device sends the fifth data to the second terminal device by using the first wireless resource.
  • the method further includes: the first terminal device sends a third request message, where the third request message is used to indicate the first a terminal device requests to change the central terminal device of the first group; the first terminal device receives a fourth request message sent by the ninth terminal device, where the ninth terminal device belongs to the member terminal device of the first group, The fourth request message is used to indicate that the ninth terminal device requests the central terminal device as the first group, and the fourth request message is sent by the ninth terminal device according to the third request message; And a fourth request message, determining that the ninth terminal device is the central terminal device of the first group.
  • the method before the first terminal device sends the third request message, the method further includes: determining, by the first terminal device, the current power Less than or equal to a preset threshold; or the first terminal device determines that the distance between each member terminal device in the first group satisfies a preset condition; or the communication connection between the first terminal device and the network device is interrupted .
  • a method for inter-device communication comprising: the method comprising: determining, by the second terminal device, a member terminal device as the first group, wherein the first group comprises a central terminal device And at least one member terminal device; the second terminal device performs inter-device communication by using the first wireless resource allocated by the central terminal device of the first group.
  • the first terminal device determines the central terminal device that is the first group, the second terminal device generates the second sequence, and the second terminal device Sending the second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the second sequence and device information of the second terminal device, where one device information is used to uniquely indicate one terminal device; the second terminal device receives the first device Instructing information, the first indication information is used to indicate a first sequence generated by the first terminal device and device information of the first terminal device; when the relationship between the first sequence and the second sequence meets a preset condition, The second terminal device determines that the second terminal device is a member terminal device of the first group.
  • the method further includes: when the relationship between the first sequence and the second sequence meets a preset condition, the second The terminal device determines that the first terminal device is the central terminal device of the first group.
  • the method further includes: the second terminal device sends a second detection signal, so that the first terminal device determines that the first terminal device is received
  • the first indication information is sent after the signal strength of the second detection signal is greater than or equal to the first preset strength, or the first terminal device determines that the first terminal device is determined based on the received second detection signal
  • the first indication information is sent after the distance between the second terminal devices is less than or equal to the first preset distance.
  • the second terminal device sends the second indication information, where the second terminal device receives the first detection signal, the first detection The second terminal device sends the second indication information after determining that the received signal strength of the first detection signal is greater than or equal to the first preset strength; or the second terminal The device determines the first terminal setting based on the received first detection signal The distance between the second terminal device and the second terminal device is determined, and after determining that the distance between the first terminal device and the second terminal device is less than or equal to the first preset distance, the second indication information is sent.
  • the first sequence is determined by the first terminal device according to device information of the first terminal device, and the second terminal generates The second sequence includes: the second terminal device generates a second sequence according to the device information of the second terminal device.
  • the method before the second terminal device determines that the second terminal device is the member terminal device of the first group, the method further includes: The second terminal device receives the first terminal device to send the third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device requests the central terminal device.
  • the method further includes: determining, by the second terminal device, that the relationship between the first sequence and the second sequence satisfies the When the condition is set, the fourth indication information is sent, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the second terminal device agrees to use the first terminal device as the central terminal device of the first group.
  • the method further includes: receiving, by the second terminal device, the sixth indication information that is sent by the first terminal device, where the sixth indication information is An in-group identifier for indicating that the first terminal device is allocated to the second terminal device; and the second terminal device performs inter-device communication by using the first radio resource allocated by the central terminal device of the first group, including: The second terminal device performs inter-device communication by using the first radio resource allocated by the central terminal device of the first group based on the identifier in the group.
  • the method further includes: receiving, by the second terminal, the first group broadcast signal periodically sent by the first terminal device, where the The group broadcast signal carries the group identifier of the first group and the device information of the first terminal device, where the group identifier of the first group is determined by the first terminal device, and a group identifier Used to indicate a device group.
  • the method before the second terminal device determines the member terminal device that is the first group, the method further includes: the second terminal device is After determining that the received signal strength of the first group broadcast signal is greater than or equal to the second preset strength, sending a first request message to the first terminal device; or the second terminal device is determined to be based on the received After the distance between the first terminal device and the second terminal device determined by the group broadcast signal is less than or equal to the second preset distance, the first terminal device sends Sending a first request message, where the first request message carries device information of the second terminal device, where the first request message is used to indicate that the second terminal device requests to join the first group.
  • the method further includes: determining, by the second terminal device, that the received signal strength of the first group broadcast signal is less than After the second preset strength, or after determining that the distance between the first terminal device and the second terminal device determined based on the received first group broadcast signal is greater than a second preset distance, to the first
  • the terminal device sends a second request message, where the second request message is used to indicate that the second member terminal device requests to exit the first group.
  • the method further includes: the second terminal device according to the preset period after determining the member terminal device that is the first group Sending a heartbeat signal to the first terminal device; the second terminal device stops transmitting the heartbeat signal after determining that the received signal strength of the first group broadcast signal is less than a second preset strength; or the second terminal device is Determining to stop transmitting the heartbeat signal after the distance between the first terminal device and the second terminal device determined based on the received first group broadcast signal is greater than a second preset distance.
  • the second terminal device performs inter-device communication by using the first radio resource allocated by the central terminal device of the first group, including The second terminal device sends the first data to the seventh terminal device in the first group by using the first radio resource.
  • the second terminal device performs inter-device communication by using the first radio resource allocated by the central terminal device of the first group, including The second terminal device sends the second data to the first terminal device by using the first wireless resource, where the second data is data that needs to be sent to the eighth terminal device, and the eighth terminal device belongs to the third group .
  • the second terminal device performs inter-device communication by using the first radio resource allocated by the central terminal device of the first group, including The second terminal device receives the third data sent by the first terminal device by using the first radio resource, where the third data is sent by the central terminal device of the third group to the first terminal by using the fourth radio resource.
  • the third data of the device, the fourth wireless resource is allocated by the central terminal device of the third group.
  • the method further includes: receiving, by the fourth terminal device, the third data sent by the central terminal device of the third group by using the fourth wireless resource, where the fourth wireless resource is allocated by the central terminal device of the third group.
  • the second terminal device performs inter-device communication by using the first radio resource allocated by the central terminal device of the first group, including The second terminal device sends fourth data to the first terminal device by using the first radio resource, where the fourth data is data that needs to be sent to the network device.
  • the second terminal device performs inter-device communication by using the first radio resource allocated by the central terminal device of the first group, including The second terminal device receives the fifth data sent by the first terminal device by using the first radio resource, where the fifth data is sent by the network device to the first terminal device.
  • the method further includes: receiving, by the second terminal device, the third request message sent by the first terminal device, the third request The message is used to indicate that the first terminal device requests to change the central terminal device of the first group; and the second terminal device sends a fourth request message to the first terminal device according to the third request message, the fourth request The message is used to indicate that the second terminal device requests the central terminal device as the first group.
  • an apparatus for inter-device communication comprising means or modules for implementing the various implementations of the first aspect and the first aspect described above.
  • an apparatus for inter-device communication comprising means or modules for implementing the second aspect and various implementations of the first aspect.
  • a computer program product comprising: computer program code, when the computer program code is received by a terminal device, a processing unit, a transmitting unit or a receiver, a processor, a transmitter
  • the terminal device is caused to perform any of the above first aspects and various implementations thereof for a method of communication between devices.
  • a computer program product comprising: computer program code, when the computer program code is received by a terminal device, a processing unit, a transmitting unit or a receiver, a processor, a transmitter
  • the terminal device is caused to perform any of the above second aspects and various implementations thereof for a method of communication between devices.
  • a computer readable storage medium in a seventh aspect, storing a program causing a user equipment to perform the first aspect and various implementations thereof described above Any of the methods used for communication between devices.
  • a computer readable storage medium storing a program causing a user equipment to perform any of the second aspect and various implementations thereof described above for a device The method of communication.
  • a method and apparatus for inter-device communication by causing at least two terminal devices to negotiate to determine a central terminal device and a member terminal device in a group, the central terminal device in the group can be the group
  • the member terminal devices in the group allocate radio resources for inter-device communication, thereby even in the absence of cooperation of the cellular network (for example, existing V2V communication technology, or D2D communication technology without network device coverage)
  • the resource scheduling can also be realized, thereby effectively avoiding collision problems caused by shared resources, improving the success rate of communication between devices, reducing communication delay, expanding communication capacity between devices, and improving communication efficiency and reliability between devices.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an example of a communication system to which a method and apparatus for communication between devices is applied according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flow chart of a method for inter-device communication according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a center terminal device determination flow according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flow chart of a method for inter-device communication according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus for inter-device communication according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus for inter-device communication in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for inter-device communication according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for inter-device communication according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • a component can be, but is not limited to being, a process running on a processor, a processor, an object, an executable, a thread of execution, a program, and/or a computer.
  • an application running on a computing device and a computing device can be a component.
  • One or more components can reside within a process and/or execution thread, and the components can be located on one computer and/or distributed between two or more computers.
  • these components can execute from various computer readable media having various data structures stored thereon.
  • a component may, for example, be based on signals having one or more data packets (eg, data from two components interacting with another component between the local system, the distributed system, and/or the network, such as the Internet interacting with other systems) Communicate through local and/or remote processes.
  • data packets eg, data from two components interacting with another component between the local system, the distributed system, and/or the network, such as the Internet interacting with other systems
  • the term "article of manufacture” as used in this application encompasses a computer program accessible from any computer-readable device, carrier, or media.
  • the computer readable medium may include, but is not limited to, a magnetic storage device (for example, a hard disk, a floppy disk, or a magnetic tape), and an optical disk (for example, a CD (Compact Disk), a DVD (Digital Versatile Disk). Etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (eg, EPROM (Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory), cards, sticks or key drivers, etc.).
  • various storage media described herein can represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information.
  • the term "machine-readable medium” may include, without limitation, a wireless channel and various other mediums capable of storing, containing, and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
  • the solution of the embodiment of the present invention can be applied to an existing cellular communication system, such as global mobile communication (English full name can be: Global System for Mobile Communication, English abbreviation can be: GSM), wideband code division multiple access (English full name can be :Wideband Code Division Multiple Access, English abbreviation can be: WCDMA), long-term evolution (English full name can be: Long Term Evolution, English abbreviation can be: LTE) and other systems, the supported communication is mainly for voice and data communication .
  • GSM Global System for Mobile Communication
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • LTE long-term evolution
  • the supported communication is mainly for voice and data communication .
  • a traditional base station supports a limited number of connections and is easy to implement.
  • the next-generation mobile communication system will not only support traditional communication, but also support M2M (Machine to Machine) communication, or MTC (Machine Type Communication). According to forecasts, by 2020, connected to the network The number of MTC devices will reach 500 to 100 billion, which will far exceed the current number of connections. For M2M services, due to the wide variety of services, there is a big difference in network requirements. In general, there are several needs:
  • the terminal device is a user equipment.
  • the present invention describes various embodiments in connection with a terminal device.
  • the terminal device may also be referred to as a User Equipment (UE), a mobile station, an access terminal, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal, a terminal, a wireless communication device, and a user. Agent or user device, etc.
  • the terminal device may be a STA (STAION) in a Wireless Local Area Networks (WLAN), and may be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a SIP (Session Initiation Protocol) phone, or a WLL (Wireless Local Loop).
  • STAION STA
  • WLAN Wireless Local Area Networks
  • WLL Wireless Local Loop
  • PDA Personal Digital Assistant
  • handheld device with wireless communication capabilities
  • computing device or other processing device connected to the wireless modem
  • in-vehicle device wearable device
  • mobile in future 5G networks
  • Terminal equipment in a station or a future evolved PLMN network Terminal equipment in a station or a future evolved PLMN network.
  • the terminal device may further include a relay, etc., and other devices capable of performing data communication with an access network device (for example, a base station).
  • an access network device for example, a base station
  • the access network device may be a device for communicating with the mobile station, and the access network device may be an AP (ACCESS POINT) in the WLAN (Wireless Local Area Networks). ), BTS (Base Transceiver Station) in GSM or CDMA (Code Division Multiple Access), NB (NodeB, base station) in WCDMA, or LTE (Long Term Evolution) eNB or eNodeB (Evolved Node B) in an evolved, or a relay station or an access point, or an in-vehicle device, a wearable device, and an access network device in a future 5G network or a connection in a future evolved PLMN network Network access equipment, etc.
  • AP Access POINT
  • WLAN Wireless Local Area Networks
  • BTS Base Transceiver Station
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • NB NodeB, base station
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • eNB or eNodeB evolved Node B
  • an access network device in a future 5G network or
  • the communication system 100 includes at least two terminal devices, such as the terminal device 110 and the terminal device 120 in FIG. 1, wherein the terminal device 110 and the terminal device 120 may be, for example, a cellular phone, a smart phone, or a portable computer.
  • the terminal device 110 and the terminal device 120 may be, for example, a cellular phone, a smart phone, or a portable computer.
  • the terminal device 110 and the terminal device 120 may be wireless communication transmitting devices and/or wireless communication receiving devices.
  • the wireless communication transmitting device can encode the data for transmission.
  • the wireless communication transmitting device may acquire (eg, generate, receive from other communication devices, or store in memory, etc.) a certain number of data bits to be transmitted over the channel to the wireless communication receiving device.
  • Such data bits may be included in a transport block (or multiple transport blocks) of data that may be segmented to produce multiple code blocks.
  • the number of terminal devices included in the communication system 100 enumerated above is merely an exemplary description, and the present invention is not limited thereto, and the number of terminal devices included in the communication system 100 may be any integer greater than one.
  • the communication system 100 may be a public land mobile network (English full name may be: Public Land Mobile Network, English abbreviation may be: PLMN) network or D2D network or M2M network or V2V network or V2X network or other network, FIG. 1 only
  • a simplified schematic diagram may also include other network devices in the network, which are not shown in FIG.
  • communication system 100 can also include an access network device (not shown in FIG. 1).
  • the access network device may include multiple antennas.
  • the access network device may additionally include a transmitter chain and a receiver chain, as will be understood by those of ordinary skill in the art, which may include multiple components related to signal transmission and reception (eg, processor, modulator, multiplexing) , demodulator, demultiplexer or antenna, etc.).
  • the access network device can communicate with a plurality of terminal devices, such as terminal device 110 and terminal device 120. However, it will be appreciated that the access network device can communicate with any number of terminal devices similar to terminal device 110 or 120.
  • the access network device may be configured with multiple antennas, and, for example, the access network device may transmit information to the terminal device 110 based on the forward link through one antenna, and receive information from the terminal device 110 through the reverse link. . And, the access network device can also send information to the terminal device 120 based on the forward link through another antenna, and receive information from the terminal device 120 through the reverse link.
  • FDD Frequency Division Duplex
  • a common frequency band can be used for the forward link and the reverse link used by the same terminal device.
  • each antenna (or an antenna group consisting of multiple antennas) and/or an area of the access network device designed for communication is referred to as a sector of the access network device.
  • the antenna group can be designed to communicate with terminal devices in sectors of the coverage area of the access network device.
  • the transmit antenna of the access network device can utilize beamforming to improve the signal to noise ratio of the forward link.
  • the access network device uses beamforming to transmit signals to randomly dispersed terminal devices in the relevant coverage area, the access network device transmits signals to all of its terminal devices through a single antenna, Mobile devices are subject to less interference.
  • the access network device can be a wireless communication transmitting device and/or a wireless communication receiving device.
  • the wireless communication transmitting device can encode the data for transmission.
  • the wireless communication transmitting device may acquire (eg, generate, receive from other communication devices, or store in memory, etc.) a certain number of data bits to be transmitted over the channel to the wireless communication receiving device.
  • Such data bits may be included in a transport block (or multiple transport blocks) of data that may be segmented to produce multiple code blocks.
  • the terminal device can perform wireless communication (for example, transmitting uplink information or transmitting downlink information) by using an unlicensed spectrum resource (or an unlicensed band), that is, the communication in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the system 100 is a communication system capable of using an unlicensed frequency band.
  • the communication system 100 may employ a Lancensed-Assisted Access Using LTE (LAA) technology on an unlicensed carrier, or may be employed.
  • LAA Lancensed-Assisted Access Using LTE
  • Techniques for supporting the communication system to be independently deployed in the unlicensed band such as Standalone LTE over unlicensed spectrum, or LTE-U (LTE-U, LTE Advanced in Unlicensed Spectrums) technology, for example, the communication system 100 can be independent of the LTE system.
  • the LTE system deployed in the unlicensed band can utilize technologies such as centralized scheduling, interference coordination, and adaptive request retransmission (HARQ). Compared with access technologies such as Wi-Fi, the technology has better robustness and can be obtained. High spectral efficiency, providing greater coverage and more Good user experience.
  • technologies such as centralized scheduling, interference coordination, and adaptive request retransmission (HARQ).
  • HARQ adaptive request retransmission
  • Unlicensed spectrum resources means that no communication is required, and each communication device can share the resources included in the unlicensed spectrum.
  • Resource sharing on the unlicensed band means that the use of a specific spectrum only specifies the limits of the transmit power and out-of-band leakage to ensure that the basic coexistence requirements are met between multiple devices sharing the band.
  • the licensed band resources can achieve the purpose of network capacity shunting, but need to comply with the regulatory requirements of the unlicensed band resources in different geographies and different spectrums. These requirements are usually designed to protect public systems such as radar, as well as to ensure that multiple systems do not cause harmful effects and fair coexistence with each other, including emission power limits, out-of-band leak indicators, indoor and outdoor use restrictions, and areas. There are also some additional coexistence strategies and so on.
  • each communication device can adopt a contention mode or a monitoring mode, for example, a spectrum resource used in a manner specified by LBT (Listen Before Talk).
  • the unlicensed spectrum resource may include a frequency band of about 900 MHz near 5 GHz and a frequency band of about 90 MHz near the 2.4 GHz band.
  • the terminal device can also perform wireless communication by using the licensed spectrum resource, that is, the communication system 100 of the embodiment of the present invention is a communication system capable of using the licensed frequency band.
  • Authorized spectrum resources generally require spectrum resources that can be used by national or local wireless committees for approval. Different systems, such as LTE systems and WiFi systems, or systems included by different operators may not share licensed spectrum resources.
  • multiple carriers can work at the same frequency on the carrier at the same time, and the concept of the carrier and the cell can be considered equivalent.
  • the carrier index of the carrier and the cell identifier (Cell ID, Cell Indentify) of the cell working in the carrier are carried in the same manner.
  • Cell ID Cell Indentify
  • the carrier is equivalent to the concept of the cell, for example, the terminal device accessing one carrier and accessing one cell are equivalent. That is, in the description of the embodiment of the present invention, the "cell" may also be replaced with "carrier”.
  • FIG. 2 shows a schematic flow diagram of a method 200 for inter-device communication in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention as described from the perspective of a central terminal device.
  • the method 200 includes:
  • the first terminal device determines a central terminal device as the first group, where the first group includes the central terminal device and at least one member terminal device;
  • the first terminal device allocates a first radio resource to the second terminal device, so that the second terminal device performs inter-device communication according to the first radio resource, where the second terminal device belongs to Member terminal devices in the first group.
  • a plurality of (at least two) terminal devices may negotiate to determine a group, and determine a central terminal device and a member terminal device of the group.
  • the process of performing the above negotiation by the terminal device A (that is, an example of the first terminal device) and the terminal device B (that is, an example of the second terminal device or the third terminal device) will be described as an example.
  • the group determining process may include a discovery process, that is,
  • the method further includes:
  • the first terminal device sends the first detection signal, so that the third terminal device sends the second indication information after determining that the received signal strength of the first detection signal is greater than or equal to the first preset strength, or The third terminal device sends the second indication information after determining that the distance between the first terminal device and the second terminal device determined based on the received first detection signal is less than or equal to the first preset distance.
  • the first terminal device sends the first indication information, including:
  • the first terminal device receives a second detection signal, where the second detection signal is sent by the third terminal device;
  • the first terminal device sends the first indication information after determining that the received signal strength of the second detection signal is greater than or equal to the first preset strength; or
  • the first terminal device Determining, by the first terminal device, a distance between the first terminal device and the third terminal device based on the received second detection signal, and determining that a distance between the first terminal device and the third terminal device is less than After the first preset distance is equal to or equal to, the first indication information is sent.
  • terminal devices for example, terminal device A and terminal device B
  • a specified frequency domain resource hereinafter, for ease of understanding and differentiation, it is recorded as: frequency domain
  • the resource 1 transmits a discovery signal (which may also be referred to as a sounding signal) having a prescribed format according to a preset period (hereinafter, for ease of understanding and distinction, referred to as period T1), and, by way of example and not limitation,
  • the discovery signal may be a beacon signal
  • the terminal device not joined to the group may listen to the beacon signal sent by the terminal device not joined to the group on the frequency domain resource 1 when the discovery signal is not sent. Discover the signal.
  • the terminal devices that are not joined to the group can discover each other based on the discovery signal and perform a subsequent group establishment process (described later in detail).
  • the period T1 may be dynamically changed, for example, The time period T1 is increased or decreased every predetermined length of time according to a prescribed step size.
  • the range in which the period T1 is changed may be specified, that is, the period T1 may be dynamically changed only within a predetermined range.
  • the discovery signal may carry indication information of a location of the terminal device, and, by way of example and not limitation, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, each terminal device may be, for example, a global positioning system ( GPS, Global Positioning System) and other satellite positioning systems perform positioning to determine the location of the terminal device.
  • GPS Global Positioning System
  • satellite positioning systems perform positioning to determine the location of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device A determines whether or not to perform the subsequent group establishment process based on the received discovery signal B from the terminal device B will be described as an example.
  • the terminal device A can transmit the discovery signal (that is, an example of the first detection signal, hereinafter, for ease of understanding and differentiation, denoted as: discovery signal A), and the terminal device B can transmit the discovery signal in the above manner (ie, An example of the second detection signal is hereinafter described as a discovery signal B) for ease of understanding and differentiation. Further, when the terminal device A is within the coverage of the terminal device B, the terminal device A can receive the discovery signal B.
  • discovery signal A that is, an example of the first detection signal, hereinafter, for ease of understanding and differentiation, denoted as: discovery signal A
  • discovery signal B An example of the second detection signal
  • the terminal device A may determine the terminal device A and The terminal device B can form a group and perform a subsequent group establishment process.
  • the terminal device A may further determine whether the signal strength of the discovery signal B is greater than or equal to the duration of the P proximity exceeds a preset duration.
  • the threshold value hereinafter referred to as T proximity for ease of understanding
  • T proximity for ease of understanding
  • the terminal device A may determine the distance between the terminal device A and the terminal device B based on the discovery signal B.
  • the terminal device A can determine the location of the terminal device B according to the indication information, and can determine the location of the terminal device A based on technologies such as GPS, and thus the terminal device A The distance between the terminal device A and the terminal device B.
  • the mapping relationship between the various signal strengths and the various distance values may be determined, so that the terminal device A may find the signal strength of the discovery signal B from the mapping relationship according to the signal strength of the discovery signal B. The corresponding distance value is used as the distance between the terminal device A and the terminal device B.
  • the terminal device A may determine the terminal device. A and terminal device B can form a group and perform a subsequent group establishment process.
  • the terminal device A may further determine that the distance between the terminal device A and the terminal device B is less than Whether or not the duration of D proximity exceeds T proximity , and if the determination is YES, the terminal device A may determine that the terminal device A and the terminal device B can form a group and perform a subsequent group establishment process.
  • the terminal device B can determine whether to perform the subsequent group establishment process based on the discovery signal A.
  • each member terminal device in the formed group can be located within the coverage of the central terminal device, thereby ensuring scheduling of the member terminal devices by the central terminal device, thereby further improving the use of the present invention.
  • the group establishment process listed above includes the case that the discovery process is only one example of the group establishment process, and the group establishment process may not include the discovery process, and the specific steps included in the above enumeration process are only examples.
  • the description can be appropriately changed according to the actual situation.
  • the subsequent group establishment process can be directly performed after receiving the discovery signal, without determining whether the relevant condition of the time threshold is met.
  • the group determining process may include a central terminal device determining process, that is,
  • the first terminal device determines the central terminal device that is the first group, and includes:
  • the first terminal device generates a first sequence
  • the first terminal device sends first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the first sequence and device information of the first terminal device, where one device information is used to uniquely indicate a terminal device;
  • the first terminal device receives at least one second indication information, and the at least one second indication information is in one-to-one correspondence with the at least one third terminal device, where each second indication information is used to indicate that the corresponding third terminal device generates the first The second sequence and the device information of the corresponding third terminal device;
  • the first terminal device determines that the first terminal device is the central terminal device of the first group.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first terminal When the relationship between the first sequence and the second sequence satisfies a preset condition, the first terminal is configured It is determined that the third terminal device belongs to the member terminal device of the first group.
  • each terminal device may generate a sequence of a specified format, where the “prescribed format” may be specified by a communication protocol;
  • the "prescribed format" may also be preset by the manufacturer in each terminal device when the terminal device is produced;
  • the “prescribed format” may also be delivered by the telecommunication operator to each terminal device;
  • the "prescribed format" may also be input by the user to the terminal device;
  • the "prescribed format” may also be determined by the format of the beacon signal transmitted by the other terminal(s) received by the terminal device, for example, the format of a beacon signal corresponds to a sequence format. It should be noted that, when the format of the beacon signals sent by the other plurality of terminal devices received by the terminal device is different, the terminal device may determine the “prescribed format” according to the beacon format used by the most-used terminal device. .
  • the determination process of the prescribed format enumerated above is merely an exemplary description, and the present invention is not particularly limited as long as the format of the sequence generated by each terminal device is corresponding, so that each sequence can be compared to determine whether it is satisfied.
  • the preset conditions can be described.
  • the sequence may be a string of the format (eg, binary, octal, decimal, or hexadecimal, etc.) specified by the "prescribed format";
  • sequence may be a random number within a range of values specified by the "prescribed format";
  • the sequence may be a unique identifier (eg, device information, mobile phone number, etc.) of the terminal device pre-configured in the terminal device as specified by the "prescribed format", or a value corresponding to the unique identifier.
  • a unique identifier eg, device information, mobile phone number, etc.
  • the specific form of the predetermined format listed above is merely an exemplary description, and the present invention is not particularly limited as long as each terminal device can compare each sequence to determine whether or not the predetermined condition described later is satisfied.
  • the first terminal generates the first sequence, including:
  • the first terminal device generates a first sequence according to the device information of the first terminal device.
  • the device information of the terminal device is unique. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present invention, the sequence of the terminal device may be generated according to the device information of the terminal device.
  • a string or a value of the device information of the terminal device may be used as a sequence of the terminal device.
  • the device information of the terminal device may be a device identifier of the terminal device (for example, a mobile phone number, etc.), or the device information of the terminal device may be a value or a string determined based on the device identifier of the terminal device, for example,
  • the device identifier of the terminal device may be encrypted and processed to generate device information of the terminal device.
  • the process of determining the sequence according to the device information by the terminal device enumerated above is only an exemplary description, and the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the terminal device may also bring the device information (or the value corresponding to the device information).
  • the calculation is performed by a prescribed mathematical model (for example, a formula), and the calculation result is used as a sequence generated by the terminal device.
  • each terminal device may encapsulate the generated sequence and the device information of the terminal device (the device identifier of the terminal device or the value corresponding to the device identifier of the terminal device) into A message that the other terminal device can receive and recognize (hereinafter, for ease of understanding and explanation, it is recorded as: MSG (Message) #1).
  • the MSG #1 may be a broadcast message, that is, the one terminal device All other terminal devices within the coverage of the signal are able to receive the MSG #1 sent by the terminal device.
  • the other terminal device can determine the terminal device from which the MSG #1 is derived according to the device information (the device identifier of the terminal device or the value corresponding to the device identifier of the terminal device) carried in the MSG #1 (ie, the terminal device) The terminal device indicated by the device information).
  • the parameters listed above as “device information of the terminal device” are merely exemplary descriptions, and the present invention is not particularly limited. Other parameters or information enabling the terminal device to recognize the terminal device from which a certain broadcast message is derived The same applies to the protection of the "device information of the terminal device" of the present invention, and the description of the same or similar aspects will be omitted below.
  • the above MSG #1 may be a specific message header (or operation code "OP-Code") and cyclic redundancy check added by the terminal device on a sequence (or sequence and device information).
  • OP-Code operation code
  • CRC Cyclic Redundancy Code
  • each terminal device can transmit the MSG #1 generated as described above in a predetermined frequency domain resource (hereinafter, for ease of understanding and distinction, referred to as: frequency domain resource 2).
  • frequency domain resource 2 and the frequency domain resource 1 may be the same or different, and the present invention is not particularly limited.
  • the description of the same or similar aspects will be omitted.
  • the value of the broadcast-comparison counter can be set to "1".
  • the terminal device A can generate the sequence A (i.e., an example of the first sequence) in the above manner. Further, the terminal device A can generate and transmit the MSG #1 carrying the sequence A and the device information capable of uniquely indicating the terminal device A (hereinafter, referred to as device information A for ease of understanding and distinction), hereinafter, It is easy to understand and distinguish between: MSG #1A (ie, an example of the first indication information).
  • the terminal device B can generate the sequence B (i.e., an example of the second sequence) in the above manner. Further, the terminal device B can generate and transmit the MSG #1 carrying the sequence B and the device information capable of uniquely indicating the terminal device B (hereinafter, referred to as device information B for ease of understanding and distinction), hereinafter, It is easy to understand and distinguish between: MSG #1B (ie, an example of the second indication information).
  • the terminal device A can compare the sequence A and the sequence B to determine whether the relationship between the sequence A and the sequence B satisfies a preset condition, and determines the group including the terminal device A and the terminal device B according to the determination result.
  • the central terminal device of the group (hereinafter, for ease of understanding and distinction, recorded as: group #1).
  • the “preset condition” may be that the terminal device takes the generated terminal from the terminal device from which the sequence corresponding to the highest value in the received sequence is the central terminal device of the group.
  • the “preset condition” may be: the terminal device from which the terminal device derives the sequence with the smallest value corresponding to the received sequence as the central terminal device of the group.
  • the “preset condition” may be: the terminal device sorts the generated sequence and the received sequence according to a preset rule (for example, according to a numerical value from large to small or from small to large), and The terminal device from which the sequence at the specified location (for example, the first or last one) comes from, serves as the central terminal device of the group.
  • a preset rule for example, according to a numerical value from large to small or from small to large
  • each terminal device may also use a terminal device from which each sequence other than the sequence satisfying the “preset condition” in each sequence is a member terminal device of the group.
  • the “preset condition” may be specified by a communication protocol
  • the "preset condition" can also be preset by the manufacturer at the end of the production of the terminal device. End device
  • the “pre-set condition” may also be delivered by the telecommunication operator to each terminal device;
  • the "preset condition" can also be input by the user to the terminal device;
  • each terminal device can determine the same central terminal device based on the same plurality of sequences.
  • the terminal device may directly determine that the terminal device is the central terminal device of the group, and, optionally, may The terminal device from which the received sequence is received is a member device of the group.
  • each terminal device may further negotiate with other terminal devices, that is,
  • each terminal device may negotiate to determine the terminal device indicated by each device information. Therefore, in the subsequent communication process, the terminal device from which the message is derived can be determined according to the device information, and the reliability of the wireless communication can be further improved.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first terminal device When the relationship between the first sequence and the second sequence meets a preset condition, the first terminal device sends third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device requests to be the central terminal device.
  • a terminal device determines that the relationship between the generated sequence and the received sequences satisfies a preset condition (eg, the generated sequence has a value greater than the received one) After the value of each sequence), the first terminal device may send a group for requesting as a group (ie, a terminal device from which each sequence compared by the first terminal device is derived, for example, the above group # 1)
  • the message of the central terminal device that is, an example of the third indication information, hereinafter, referred to as MSG #2 for ease of understanding and explanation).
  • the MSG #2 may be a broadcast message, that is, all other terminal devices (including the third terminal device) within the signal coverage of the one terminal device are capable of receiving the MSG #2.
  • the MSG #2 may carry the Device information of the terminal device (for example, the first terminal device), whereby the other terminal device (for example, the third terminal device) can determine the terminal from which the MSG #2 is derived according to the device information carried in the MSG #2 device.
  • the MSG #2 may carry a sequence generated by a terminal device (for example, the first terminal device) from which the terminal device is generated, and thus, the other terminal device (for example, the third device)
  • the terminal device can determine the terminal device from which the MSG #2 is derived based on the sequence carried in the MSG #2 and based on the correspondence between the device information and the sequence in the received MSG #1.
  • the terminal device (for example, the first terminal device) can transmit the MSG #2 generated as described above in a predetermined frequency domain resource (hereinafter, for ease of understanding and distinction, referred to as: frequency domain resource 3).
  • a predetermined frequency domain resource hereinafter, for ease of understanding and distinction, referred to as: frequency domain resource 3.
  • the frequency domain resource 3 and the frequency domain resource 2 may be the same or different, and the frequency domain resource 3 and the frequency domain resource 1 may be the same or different. In the following, in order to avoid redundancy, the description of the same or similar aspects will be omitted.
  • the terminal device may determine the response status of the other terminal device for the MSG #2, and perform subsequent processing of determining the central device of the group according to the response situation.
  • the response of the MSG #2 may include the following:
  • Case A receiving a response from the other terminal device (for example, the third terminal device or the second terminal device) to the central terminal device of the group as the group;
  • Case B receiving a response of the terminal device (for example, the third terminal device or the second terminal device) in the specified time period (ie, the preset time period T) disagreeing with the first terminal device as the central terminal device of the group ;
  • Case C the terminal device (for example, the third terminal device or the second terminal device) is not received within the specified time period (ie, the preset time period T), and the first terminal device is not regarded as the central terminal device of the group. response.
  • the terminal device A and the terminal device B determine, as an example, the case where the terminal device A is the central terminal device of the group #1 based on the above-mentioned preset conditions according to the above-mentioned sequence A and sequence B. The processing in the above case will be described in detail.
  • the determining, by the first terminal device, the first terminal device as the central terminal device of the first group, includes:
  • the first terminal device receives the fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the third terminal device agrees that the first terminal device is the central terminal device of the first group, and the fourth indication information is the third terminal device Transmitted when it is determined that the relationship between the first sequence and the second sequence satisfies the preset condition;
  • the first terminal device determines, according to the fourth indication information, that the first terminal device is the central terminal device of the first group, and determines that the third terminal device belongs to the member terminal device.
  • the terminal device A ie, an example of the first terminal device
  • the terminal device A can generate and transmit the MSG #2 in the above manner (hereinafter, for ease of understanding) And distinguish, remember to do: MSG#2A).
  • the terminal device B (ie, an example of the second terminal device or the third terminal device), after determining that the relationship between the sequence A and the sequence B satisfies a preset condition, if the MSG #2A is received, and, for example, based on the MSG
  • the device information (or sequence) carried in #1A and the device information (or sequence) carried in the MSG#2A correspond to the same terminal device (ie, terminal device A), and the terminal device B can generate and be in a specified frequency domain.
  • the resource (hereinafter, for ease of understanding and distinction, referred to as: frequency domain resource 4) transmits an acknowledgment (ACK) message for the MSG #2A (ie, an example of the fourth indication information), which may include an indication for consent
  • ACK acknowledgment
  • the terminal device ie, terminal device A
  • terminal device A that transmits MSG #2A is used as the confirmation information of the center terminal device of group #1.
  • the ACK message may be a broadcast message, that is, all other terminal devices (including terminal device A) within the signal coverage of the terminal device B (ie, an example of the second terminal device or the third terminal device) ) can receive the ACK message.
  • the ACK message may carry device information of the terminal device B (ie, an example of the second terminal device or the third terminal device), so that the terminal device A can
  • the device information carried in the ACK message determines the terminal device B from which the ACK message is derived, and the terminal device A can determine that the terminal device B can serve as a member terminal device of the group #1.
  • the ACK message may carry the generated sequence (ie, sequence B) of the terminal device B (ie, an instance of the second terminal device or the third terminal device). Therefore, the terminal device A can determine that the ACK message is from the terminal device B based on the correspondence between the sequence B determined by the MSG #2B and the device information of the terminal device B according to the sequence B carried in the ACK message, and the terminal device A can determine that the terminal device B can be a member terminal device of the group #1.
  • the fourth indication information is further used to indicate the first sequence.
  • the ACK message may carry the generated sequence of the terminal device A (ie, sequence A), so that the terminal device A can determine according to the sequence A carried in the ACK message.
  • This ACK message is a response to MSG #2A.
  • the manner of responding to the MSG #2A after determining that the relationship between the sequence A and the sequence B satisfies the preset condition is only an exemplary description, and the present invention is not limited thereto, for example, the terminal device.
  • B may also not send any response message.
  • the terminal device A may determine that the terminal device B agrees.
  • the terminal device A serves as a central terminal device of the group #1.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first terminal device resends the first indication information when receiving the fifth indication information in the preset time period T after the third information is sent, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate the third terminal
  • the device disagrees with the first terminal device as the central terminal device of the first group.
  • the terminal device A can generate and transmit the MSG #2A in the above manner.
  • the terminal device B fails to accurately receive the MSG #1A (for example, the MSG #1A received by the terminal device B is incomplete or fails the CRC check), it is impossible to determine whether the relationship between the sequence A and the sequence B is satisfied.
  • a non-acknowledgement (NACK) message for the MSG#2A ie, an example of the fifth indication information
  • the NACK message may include a The terminal device (ie, terminal device A) that transmits MSG #2A is used as the non-confirmation information of the center terminal device of group #1.
  • the NACK message may be a broadcast message, that is, all other terminal devices (including terminal device A) within the signal coverage of the terminal device B (ie, an example of the second terminal device or the third terminal device) ) can receive the NACK message.
  • the NACK message may carry device information or sequence B of the terminal device B (ie, an example of the second terminal device or the third terminal device), thereby, the terminal device A According to the device information or sequence B carried in the NACK message, The terminal device B from which the NACK message is derived is determined.
  • the fifth indication information is further used to indicate the first sequence.
  • the NACK message may carry the generated sequence of the terminal device A (ie, sequence A), so that the terminal device A can determine according to the sequence A carried in the NACK message.
  • the NACK message is a response to MSG #2A.
  • the terminal device A further determines the time when the NACK message is received. If the time is within the preset time period T after the terminal device sends the MSG #2A, the terminal device A may determine not to be the group #1. The central terminal device determines that the terminal device B is not a member terminal device of the group #1.
  • the “preset time period T” may be specified by a communication protocol
  • the “preset time period T” may also be preset by the manufacturer in each terminal device when the terminal device is produced;
  • the “preset time period T” may also be delivered by the telecommunication operator to each terminal device;
  • the "preset time period T" may also be input by the user to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device A can resend the MSG #1A.
  • the fifth indication information is sent by the third terminal device after determining that the first indication information is received incorrectly, and
  • the fifth indication information is further used to indicate a portion of the first indication information that receives an error.
  • the NACK message may further include a portion where the reception error occurs in the MSG #1A received by the terminal device B, and, by way of example and not limitation, the portion in which the reception error occurs may be the terminal device B, for example, based on The content of the CRC determined failure to pass the check, or the portion where the reception error occurs may be the bit corresponding to the missing content in MSG#1A.
  • the terminal device A can retransmit the portion of the MSG #1A corresponding to the portion where the reception error occurs according to the NACK message, thereby reducing the resource overhead.
  • the terminal device B may not receive the MSG #1A multiple times, and thus the NACK message needs to be sent multiple times. Accordingly, the terminal device A may resend the MSG multiple times.
  • #1A may be all bits of MSG#1A, and may also be part of the bits of MSG#1A).
  • the terminal device A may increment the broadcast-compare counter every time after resending the MSG #1A, and after the value of the broadcast-comparison counter reaches the preset threshold "N", the terminal A considers this time. The group formation process failed.
  • Optional End device A can resend the discovery signal.
  • the terminal device B if the terminal device B correctly receives the MSG #1A that is reissued by the terminal device A within a predetermined period of time after the NACK message is sent (hereinafter, for ease of understanding and differentiation, it is noted as: time period T2), the terminal Device B issues MSG #1B again and re-synchronizes the sequence A and sequence B.
  • the terminal device B may determine that the current group establishment process has failed. Alternatively, terminal device B may resend the discovery signal.
  • the determining, by the first terminal device, the first terminal device as the central terminal device of the first group includes:
  • the first terminal device determines that the first terminal device is the central terminal device of the first group, and determines the third The terminal device belongs to the member terminal device, and the fifth indication information is used to indicate that the third terminal device does not agree to the first terminal device as the central terminal device of the first group.
  • the terminal device A may start the timer after transmitting the MSG #2A, and the time of arrival of the timer may be the same as the end time of the preset time period T, and if the timer expires before the terminal
  • the device A does not receive the NACK message sent by the other terminal device (for example, the terminal device B), or if the terminal device A does not receive the NACK message within the preset time period T, the terminal device A may default to other terminal devices ( For example, the terminal device B) agrees that the terminal device A is the central terminal device of the group #1, and the other terminal device (for example, the terminal device B) is a member terminal device of the group #1.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first terminal device When the first terminal device receives the fifth indication information after the preset time period T, it is determined that the third terminal device does not belong to the first group.
  • the terminal device A may still determine the central terminal device as the group #1, and determine that the terminal device (for example, the terminal device B) that sends the NACK message is not a member terminal device of the group #1, for example, the terminal device Terminal device B is removed from the group member list of group #1.
  • both the terminal device B and the terminal device A may send the MSG #1 again, if re-comparison
  • the terminal device B acts as the central terminal device (ie, the relationship between the re-received sequence B and the sequence A indicates that the terminal device B acts as the central terminal device), and the terminal device B can execute the above-mentioned terminal device A based on the sequence B.
  • the relationship with the sequence A determines the subsequent flow performed when the terminal device A is used as the central terminal device.
  • a detailed description thereof will be omitted.
  • terminal device C For another example, for a terminal device that does not send an ACK message or a NACK message (hereinafter, for convenience of understanding and distinction, it is noted as: terminal device C), it may not be a member terminal device of group #1. And, the terminal device C can resend and listen for the discovery signal.
  • the terminal device A may determine that the terminal device C is not a member terminal device of the group #1. And, the terminal device C can resend and listen for the discovery signal.
  • the terminal device A is used as the central terminal device of the group #1, and the terminal device B belongs to the member terminal device of the group #1 as an example, and the functions of the central terminal device are described in detail.
  • the central terminal device may have the following functions:
  • the method further includes:
  • the first terminal device periodically sends a first group broadcast signal, where the first group broadcast signal carries the group identifier of the first group and device information of the first terminal device.
  • the terminal device A may generate a group identifier for indicating the group #1 (hereinafter, for ease of understanding and distinction, it is referred to as: group ID #1).
  • the group identifier may have a specific format, that is, the terminal device in the communication system can identify the information having the specific format as a group identifier.
  • the format of the group identifier can be It may be specified by the communication protocol, or may be preset by the manufacturer in each terminal device when the terminal device is produced, or may be delivered to each terminal device by the telecommunication operator, or may be input to the terminal by the user. device.
  • the format of the group identity is not limited by the present invention as long as each terminal device can identify the group identity.
  • the terminal device A may randomly select one of the plurality of identities (or sequences or random numbers) from the plurality of identities (or sequences or random numbers) based on the specification of the communication protocol as the group ID #1.
  • the method for generating the group identifiers listed above is only an exemplary description, and the present invention is not particularly limited.
  • the terminal device A may further determine the group ID #1 according to the device information of the terminal device A, for example, The terminal device A can bring the device information (or the value corresponding to the device information) into a prescribed mathematical model (for example, a formula) for calculation, and use the calculation result as the group ID #1.
  • a prescribed mathematical model for example, a formula
  • the terminal device A can transmit a broadcast signal carrying the group ID #1 (that is, an example of the first group broadcast signal, hereinafter, for ease of understanding and distinction, denoted as: broadcast signal #1), and
  • the broadcast signal #1 can carry the device information of the terminal device A.
  • the terminal device (for example, the terminal device B) that performs the foregoing negotiation process with the terminal device A can determine the group ID# carried in the broadcast signal #1 according to the device information of the terminal device A carried in the broadcast signal #1.
  • the member terminal device is a group identifier of a group of the terminal device A (ie, group #1).
  • the scheme of the above-mentioned broadcast signal #1 carrying the device information of the terminal device A is merely an exemplary description, and the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the terminal device A may only be in the first K times (for example, the first time) When the broadcast signal #1 is transmitted, the device information of the terminal device A is carried in the broadcast signal #1, and the device information of the terminal device A is not carried in the broadcast signal #1 transmitted later, and only the group ID #1 is carried.
  • the member terminal device of the group #1 can determine the existence of the group #1 based on the periodically transmitted broadcast signal #1.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first terminal device detects at least one second group broadcast signal, the at least one second group broadcast signal is in one-to-one correspondence with the at least one second group, and each second group broadcast signal is a corresponding second group
  • the central terminal device periodically sends, the second group broadcast signal carries the group identifier of the corresponding second group and the device information of the corresponding central terminal device of the second group;
  • the first terminal device determines that the group identifier of the second group is the same as the group identifier of the first group, the first terminal device sends a ninth indication information, where the ninth indication information is used to indicate the center of the second group.
  • the terminal device changes the group identifier of the second group.
  • multiple (at least two) groups may exist in the communication system, if the central terminal device of group #1 (ie, terminal device A) is located in another group (ie, An example of the second group is as follows: in order to facilitate understanding and differentiation, the terminal device of the central terminal device (hereinafter, for convenience of understanding and distinction, referred to as: terminal device D) is recorded in the coverage of the group #2) A may receive a broadcast signal (ie, group ID #2) for the group identity of the bearer group #2 transmitted by the terminal device D (hereinafter, for convenience of understanding and distinction) (ie, the second group broadcast) An example of a signal is hereinafter referred to as broadcast signal #2) for ease of understanding and distinction.
  • a broadcast signal #2 for ease of understanding and distinction.
  • the terminal device A determines that the group ID #2 is the same as the group ID #1, the terminal device A can reselect the group identification of the group #1. And notify the member terminal device of group #1 (for example, terminal device #B) the new group identity adopted by group #1.
  • the terminal device A may transmit a message indicating that the terminal device D reselects the group identity of the group #2 (ie, the ninth An example of the indication information). And the terminal device D is notified of the new group identity adopted by the member terminal device group #2 of the group #2.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first terminal device allocates an intra-group identifier to each terminal device in the first group, where an intra-group identifier is used to uniquely indicate a terminal device in the first group;
  • the first terminal device sends a sixth indication information, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate an intra-group identifier of each terminal device in the first group, so that each terminal device in the first group is based on The identification within the group performs inter-device communication.
  • the terminal device A may assign an intra-group identifier to each member terminal device in the group #1, wherein, in one group, an intra-group identifier is used for unique Identify a member terminal device. Therefore, each member terminal device in the group #1 can perform inter-device communication according to the intra-group identifier.
  • the terminal device A may determine the intra-group identifier of each member terminal device according to the device information of each member terminal device in the group #1.
  • the terminal device may also The device information of the terminal device (or the value corresponding to the device information) is brought into a prescribed mathematical model (for example, a formula) for calculation, and the calculation result is used as an intra-group identifier of the terminal device.
  • a prescribed mathematical model for example, a formula
  • the central terminal device may allocate the intra-group identifier to each member terminal device by means of broadcast information, and the broadcast information may include device information and intra-group identifier of each member terminal device. Moreover, after receiving the identity in the group, each member terminal device can feed back the confirmation information to the central terminal device.
  • the central terminal device may determine each terminal device in the group (for example, the group #1) to which the central terminal device belongs (for example, may include Transmission resources used by the inter-device communication between the member terminal device and the central terminal device of the group, for example, frequency domain resources (for example, carrier frequency, bandwidth), and periodic time synchronization signals, wherein
  • the time synchronization signal can have a specific format, that is, the terminal device can recognize the time synchronization signal according to the special format.
  • the member terminal device of the group (for example, the terminal device B) can align the internal timing signal to the time synchronization signal sent by the central terminal device.
  • the first terminal device receives the first request message sent by the fourth terminal device, where the first request message carries the device information of the fourth terminal device, where the first request message is used to indicate the fourth
  • the terminal device requests to join the first group, and the first request message is sent by the second terminal device after determining that the received signal strength of the first group broadcast signal is greater than or equal to the second preset strength, or
  • the first request message is that the second terminal device determines that the distance between the first terminal device and the fourth terminal device determined based on the received first group broadcast signal is less than or equal to a second preset distance.
  • the first terminal device determines, according to the first request message, that the fourth terminal device belongs to a member terminal device of the first group.
  • the terminal device E moves to the terminal device A.
  • the terminal device E can receive the terminal device A to send Broadcast signal #1.
  • the terminal device E may initiate joining the group. #1 process.
  • the terminal device E may further determine whether the signal strength of the broadcast signal #1 is greater than or equal to the W proximity .
  • the duration threshold hereinafter referred to as Y proximity for ease of understanding
  • the terminal device E may determine the distance between the terminal device E and the terminal device A based on the broadcast signal #1.
  • the broadcast signal #1 can carry the indication information of the location of the terminal device A
  • the terminal device E can determine the location of the terminal device A according to the indication information, and can be based on GPS, etc.
  • the technology determines the location of the terminal device E, and thus the terminal device E can distance the terminal device E from the terminal device A.
  • the mapping relationship between various signal strengths and various distance values may be determined by implementation, so that the terminal device E may find the signal with the broadcast signal #1 from the mapping relationship according to the signal strength of the broadcast signal #1.
  • the distance corresponding to the strength is the distance between the terminal device E and the terminal device A. If the terminal device E determines that the distance between the terminal device E and the terminal device A is less than a preset distance threshold (hereinafter referred to as X proximity for ease of understanding), the terminal device E may initiate joining the group. The process of 1. In addition, optionally, after the terminal device E determines that the distance between the terminal device E and the terminal device A is less than X roximity , the terminal device E may further determine that the distance between the terminal device E and the terminal device A is less than X proximity. Whether the duration of time exceeds Y proximity , and in the case of the determination of "Yes", the terminal device E can initiate the process of joining the group #1.
  • a preset distance threshold hereinafter referred to as X proximity for ease of understanding
  • the process of joining the group #1 may include: the terminal device E may send a request message for requesting to join the group #1 to the terminal device A (ie, an example of the first request message, below)
  • request message #1 may carry the identifier of the terminal device E and a specific message header or operation code (for identifying the request)
  • Message #1 is a request message that the terminal requests to join the group).
  • the request message #1 may further carry a reason for indicating that the terminal device E requests to join the group #1 (for example, the terminal device E needs to be associated with one or more members of the group #1 Information that the terminal device communicates, or, for indicating the device type of the terminal device E Information.
  • the terminal device A can receive the request message #1, and determine that the terminal device E requests to join the group #1 based on the request message #1, after which the terminal device A can, for example, according to the terminal included in the current group #1.
  • the number of devices, etc. determines whether the terminal device E is allowed to join the group #1, or determines whether the terminal device E is allowed to be the member terminal device of the group #1.
  • the terminal device A can transmit the determination result to the terminal device E.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first terminal device receives the second request message sent by the fifth terminal device in the first group, the fifth terminal device belongs to the member terminal device of the first group, and the second request message is used to indicate the first
  • the fifth terminal device requests to exit the first group, and the second request message is sent by the fifth terminal device after determining that the received signal strength of the first group broadcast signal is less than the second preset strength, or The second request message is sent by the fifth terminal device after determining that the distance between the first terminal device and the fifth terminal device determined based on the received first group broadcast signal is greater than a second preset distance;
  • the first terminal device determines, according to the second request message, that the fifth terminal device does not belong to the member terminal device of the first group.
  • the member terminal device in the group #1 can receive the broadcast signal #1.
  • a member terminal device in the group #1 determines that the signal strength of the broadcast signal #1 is less than a preset The power threshold (hereinafter referred to as W proximity for ease of understanding)
  • the terminal device B can initiate the process of exiting the group #1.
  • the terminal device B may further determine whether the signal strength of the broadcast signal #1 is less than the duration of the W proximity exceeds a preset duration threshold. The value (hereinafter referred to as Y proximity for ease of understanding), and in the case of the determination of "Yes", the terminal device B can initiate the process of exiting the group #1.
  • the terminal device B may determine the distance between the terminal device B and the terminal device A based on the broadcast signal #1.
  • the broadcast signal #1 may carry the indication information of the location of the terminal device A.
  • the terminal device B may determine the location of the terminal device A according to the indication information, and may be based on technologies such as GPS. The location of the terminal device B is determined, and thus the terminal device B can distance the terminal device B from the terminal device A.
  • the mapping relationship between various signal strengths and various distance values may be determined by implementation, so that the terminal device B may find the signal with the broadcast signal #1 from the mapping relationship according to the signal strength of the broadcast signal #1.
  • the distance corresponding to the strength is the distance between the terminal device B and the terminal device A. If the terminal device B determines that the distance between the terminal device B and the terminal device A is greater than or equal to a preset distance threshold (hereinafter referred to as X proximity for ease of understanding), the terminal device B may initiate the exit. The process of group #1. In addition, optionally, after the terminal device B determines that the distance between the terminal device B and the terminal device A is greater than or equal to X roximity , the terminal device B may further determine that the distance between the terminal device B and the terminal device A is greater than or Whether or not the duration of X proximity exceeds Y proximity , and in the case of the determination of "Yes", the terminal device B may initiate a process of exiting the group #1.
  • a preset distance threshold hereinafter referred to as X proximity for ease of understanding
  • the above process of exiting the group #1 may include: the terminal device B may send a request message for requesting to exit the group #1 to the terminal device A (ie, an example of the second request message, below)
  • request message #2 may carry the identifier of the terminal device B and a specific message header or operation code (for identifying the request).
  • Message #2 is the request message that the terminal requests to leave the group).
  • the terminal device A can receive the request message #2 and determine that the terminal device B requests to exit the group #1 based on the request message #2, after which the terminal device A can take the terminal device B from the member of the group #1.
  • the terminal device list is deleted, and the group identifier and context of the terminal device B are deleted.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first terminal device detects a heartbeat signal sent by the sixth terminal device, where the sixth terminal device belongs to the member terminal device of the first group, and the heartbeat signal carries the device information of the sixth terminal device, where the heartbeat signal is
  • the sixth terminal device sends the preset terminal period after determining the member terminal device as the first group;
  • the sixth terminal device When the first terminal device does not receive the heartbeat signal within the preset duration, it is determined that the sixth terminal device does not belong to the member terminal device of the first group, where the preset duration is greater than or equal to the preset period.
  • the sixth terminal device stops transmitting the heartbeat signal after determining that the received signal strength of the first group broadcast signal is less than the second preset strength, or the sixth terminal device determines to be based on the received
  • the heartbeat signal is stopped after the distance between the first terminal device and the sixth terminal device determined by the first group broadcast signal is greater than the second preset distance.
  • the member terminal device in the group can generate and send a heartbeat in a specified frequency domain resource (hereinafter, for ease of understanding and differentiation, recorded as: frequency domain resource 5) a signal, the heartbeat signal may carry the intra-group identification or device information of the member terminal device, and the sequence number of the heartbeat signal, etc. (the sequence number may be circulated within a certain range of values), so that the central terminal device can perform the group according to the heartbeat signal.
  • the member terminal devices within the management are managed.
  • the terminal device B can transmit a heartbeat signal (hereinafter, for ease of understanding and distinction, it is recorded as: heartbeat signal B).
  • a member terminal device in the group #1 determines that the signal strength of the broadcast signal #1 is less than W proximity . Then, the terminal device B can stop transmitting the heartbeat signal B. In addition, optionally, after the terminal device B determines that the signal strength of the broadcast signal #1 is less than W proximity , the terminal device B may further determine whether the signal strength of the broadcast signal #1 is less than the duration of the W proximity exceeds a preset duration threshold. The value Y proximity , and in the case of the determination of YES, the terminal device B can stop transmitting the heartbeat signal B.
  • the terminal device B may determine the distance between the terminal device B and the terminal device A based on the broadcast signal #1.
  • the broadcast signal #1 may carry the indication information of the location of the terminal device A.
  • the terminal device B may determine the location of the terminal device A according to the indication information, and may be based on technologies such as GPS. The location of the terminal device B is determined, and thus the terminal device B can distance the terminal device B from the terminal device A.
  • the mapping relationship between various signal strengths and various distance values may be determined by implementation, so that the terminal device B may find the signal with the broadcast signal #1 from the mapping relationship according to the signal strength of the broadcast signal #1.
  • the distance corresponding to the strength is the distance between the terminal device B and the terminal device A. If the terminal device B determines that the distance between the terminal device B and the terminal device A is greater than or equal to a preset distance threshold X proximity , the terminal device B may stop transmitting the heartbeat signal B. In addition, optionally, after the terminal device B determines that the distance between the terminal device B and the terminal device A is greater than or equal to X roximity , the terminal device B may further determine that the distance between the terminal device B and the terminal device A is greater than or Whether or not the duration of X proximity exceeds Y proximity , and in the case of the determination of YES, the terminal device B may stop transmitting the heartbeat signal B.
  • the terminal device A may configure a watchdog for the terminal device B, and set the timer to zero every time the heartbeat signal B is received, so that when the terminal device A is in accordance with The timer determines that the terminal device A can delete the terminal device B from the member terminal device list of the group #1 and delete the terminal device B when the heartbeat signal B is not received within the specified duration (ie, the preset duration).
  • the timer determines that the terminal device A can delete the terminal device B from the member terminal device list of the group #1 and delete the terminal device B when the heartbeat signal B is not received within the specified duration (ie, the preset duration).
  • the specified duration ie, the preset duration
  • a central terminal device may occupy a time-frequency resource on a preset frequency (or communication channel) as a group to which the central terminal device belongs ( For example, the resource pool of group #1) is used for communication between terminal devices within the group.
  • the central terminal device may have a network connection, or the central device can communicate with the access network device.
  • the central terminal device may apply to the access network device.
  • the authorized frequency domain resources for the inter-device communication performed by each terminal device in the group are used as the resource pool of the group; or the central terminal device may determine the terminal devices used in the group by using the contention mode or the first listening mode.
  • the unlicensed frequency domain resource for inter-device communication is used as the resource pool of the group.
  • the resource pool size is variable.
  • the central terminal device may change the size of the resource included in the resource pool according to the number of member terminal devices in the group, or the central terminal device may be based on members in the group. The amount of data that the terminal device needs to send data, and the size of the resources included in the resource pool.
  • the transmission resource allocated by the central terminal device to the member terminal device as described above may be used for communication between the member terminal device and other member terminal devices in the same group (ie, Case ⁇ ), or the transmission resource allocated by the central terminal device to the member terminal device as described above may also be used for communication between the member terminal device (via the central terminal device) and the network device (ie, case ⁇ ), or,
  • the transmission resources allocated by the central terminal device for the member terminal devices as described above can also be used for communication between member terminal devices (via the central terminal device) and member terminal devices of other groups (ie, case ⁇ ), below, respectively The operation of each device in the above case will be described in detail.
  • the operation of the central terminal device will be described by taking the terminal device A as an example, and the operation of the member terminal device will be described by taking the terminal device B as an example.
  • the first radio resource is specifically used by the second terminal device to send the first data to the seventh terminal device in the first group.
  • the terminal device B in the group #1 (that is, an example of the second terminal device) needs to be directed to one or more member terminal devices in the group #1 (that is, an example of the seventh terminal device)
  • the terminal device F transmits data
  • the terminal device B may transmit a resource scheduling request message to the terminal device A (hereinafter, In order to facilitate understanding and differentiation, it is recorded as: scheduling request message 1-1).
  • the terminal device A can determine, according to the scheduling request message 1-1, the radio resource (for example, time-frequency resource) used for transmitting the data 1 from the resource pool determined as described above.
  • the radio resource for example, time-frequency resource
  • the size of the resource allocated by the terminal device A each time may be fixed, that is, the size of the wireless resource 1-1 may be pre-selected by, for example, a communication protocol or the like.
  • the scheduling request message -11 may optionally include indication information of the size of the data 1.
  • the terminal device A can determine the radio resource 1-1 based on the size of the data 1.
  • the scheduling request message 1-1 may optionally include indication information of a service type of a service to which the data 1 belongs.
  • the terminal device A can determine the radio resource 1-1 based on the service type of the service to which the data 1 belongs.
  • the service to which the data 1 belongs is, for example, a video service or the like that needs to be continuously (for example, continuously transmitted in the time domain)
  • the terminal device A may determine the continuous resource as the radio resource 1 -1.
  • the terminal device A may transmit the indication information of the radio resource 1-1 to the terminal device B, so that the terminal device B can transmit the data 1 through the radio resource 1-1.
  • the indication information of the radio resource 1-1 may be used to indicate the location of the radio resource 1-1 in the time domain or the frequency domain.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first terminal device sends the indication information of the first radio resource to the seventh terminal device.
  • the terminal device A may send the indication information of the radio resource 1-1 to the terminal device F, so that the terminal device F can receive the data 1 on the radio resource 1-1.
  • the terminal device F listed above receives the data 1 is only an exemplary description, and the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the terminal device F may also receive the data 1 by using a blind detection manner.
  • the terminal device B may The device information of the terminal device F is encapsulated in the data packet carrying the data 1. Therefore, when detecting the data packet carrying the device information of the terminal device F, the terminal device F can determine that the data packet carries the data packet.
  • the data (for example, data 1) sent to the terminal device F can be subjected to, for example, decapsulation processing or the like, and the data 1 can be acquired.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first terminal device sends a tenth indication information to the seventh terminal device, where the tenth indication information is used to indicate that the seventh terminal device sends the detection signal
  • the terminal device A may further send a message for instructing the terminal device F to send a sounding signal to the terminal device F (ie, an example of the seventh terminal device) (ie, the tenth indication information.
  • the terminal device F can transmit a sounding signal based on the instruction of the terminal device A, and further, the terminal device B can channel the channel between the terminal device F and the terminal device B according to the sounding signal transmitted by the terminal device F. It is estimated to determine transmission parameters for the data 1, for example, transmission power, modulation coding mode, rate matching mode or multi-antenna technology mode, HARQ redundancy version number, and the like.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first terminal device allocates a second radio resource to the seventh terminal device, so that the seventh terminal device sends the feedback information for the first data by using the second radio resource.
  • the terminal device F may further send feedback information for the data 1 to the terminal device B (hereinafter, in order to facilitate understanding and distinguishing, note: feedback information 1).
  • the terminal device F may send a scheduling request message to the terminal device A (hereinafter, in order to facilitate understanding and differentiation, the scheduling request message 1-2 is recorded to request the terminal device A to send the feedback information for the terminal device F.
  • Radio resources of 1-2 (hereinafter, for ease of understanding and distinction, it is recorded as: radio resource 1-2).
  • the size of the resource allocated by the terminal device A each time may be fixed, that is, the size of the wireless resource 1-2 may be pre-selected by, for example, a communication protocol or the like.
  • the scheduling request message 1-2 may optionally include an indication identifier for indicating that the data sent by the terminal device F is feedback information. Thereby, the terminal device A can determine the radio resource 1-2 based on the indication flag.
  • the terminal device A may transmit the indication information of the radio resource 1-2 to the terminal device F, so that the terminal device F may send feedback for the data 1 through the radio resource 1-2.
  • Information 1 the indication information of the radio resource 1-2 may be used to indicate the location of the radio resource 1-2 in the time domain or the frequency domain.
  • the terminal device A may send the wireless to the terminal device B.
  • the indication information of the resource 1-2 whereby the terminal device B can receive the feedback information on the wireless resource 1-2.
  • the terminal device B listed above receives the feedback information 1 may also receive the feedback information 1 by using a blind detection manner, for example, the terminal device.
  • F may encapsulate the device information of the terminal device B in the data packet carrying the feedback information 1, so that when the terminal device B detects the data packet carrying the device information of the terminal device B, the terminal device B may determine the data packet.
  • the data that needs to be sent to the terminal device B (for example, the feedback information described above) is carried, and the data packet can be decapsulated, for example, and the like, and the feedback information 1 can be acquired.
  • the method also includes:
  • the first terminal device sends the fourth data to the network device.
  • the terminal device B may transmit a resource scheduling request message to the terminal device A (hereinafter, for ease of understanding and differentiation, it is recorded as: scheduling) Request message 2).
  • the scheduling request message 2 may carry indication information indicating that the terminal device B needs to send data to the network device, so that the terminal device A may determine data from the terminal device B according to the scheduling request message 2 (ie, , data 2) needs to be sent to the network device.
  • the terminal device A can determine, according to the scheduling request message 2, the radio resource (for example, time-frequency resource) used for transmitting the data 2 from the resource pool determined as described above.
  • the radio resource for example, time-frequency resource
  • the size of the resource allocated by the terminal device A each time may be fixed, that is, the size of the wireless resource 2-1 may be pre-selected by, for example, a communication protocol or the like.
  • the scheduling request message 2 may optionally include indication information of the size of the data 2.
  • the terminal device A can determine the radio resource 2-1 based on the size of the data 2.
  • the scheduling request message 2 may optionally include data 2 The indication of the type of service of the service to which it belongs.
  • the terminal device A can determine the radio resource 2-1 based on the service type of the service to which the data 2 belongs.
  • the service to which the data 2 belongs is, for example, a video service or the like that needs to be continuously (for example, continuously transmitted in the time domain)
  • the terminal device A may determine a continuous resource as the wireless resource 2 -1.
  • the terminal device A may transmit the indication information of the radio resource 2-1 to the terminal device B, so that the terminal device B can transmit the data 2 through the radio resource 2-1.
  • the indication information of the radio resource 2-1 may be used to indicate the location of the radio resource 2 in the time domain or the frequency domain.
  • the data packet carrying the data 2 sent by the merging B on the terminal may carry indication information indicating that the data 2 needs to be sent to the network device, for example, carrying the data 2
  • the destination address field of the packet can carry the address of the network device.
  • the terminal device A can transmit the data 2 to the network device.
  • the terminal device A can transmit the data 2 based on resources scheduled by the network device, and, by way of example and not limitation, the terminal device can also The indication information for indicating that the data 2 is from the terminal device B is transmitted.
  • the terminal device A can also send a sounding signal to the terminal device B, so that the terminal device B can perform channel estimation on the channel between the terminal device A and the terminal device B according to the sounding signal sent by the terminal device A, to determine Transmission parameters of data 2, for example, transmission power, modulation and coding scheme, rate matching scheme or multi-antenna technology mode, HARQ redundancy version number, and the like.
  • the terminal device A may also transmit feedback information for the data 2 to the terminal device B (hereinafter, for ease of understanding and distinction, it is referred to as feedback information 2).
  • the terminal device A can determine the radio resource for carrying the feedback information 2 (hereinafter, for ease of understanding and distinction, it is recorded as: radio resource 2-2).
  • the size of the resource allocated by the terminal device A each time may be fixed, that is, the size of the radio resource 2-2 may be pre-selected by, for example, a communication protocol or the like.
  • the terminal device A can optionally determine the radio resource 2-2 based on the size of the feedback information 2.
  • the terminal device A After determining the radio resource 2-2 as described above, the terminal device A can transmit the feedback information 2 for the data 2 through the radio resource 2-2.
  • the terminal device A may send the wireless to the terminal device B.
  • the indication information of the resource 2-2 whereby the terminal device B can receive the feedback information on the radio resource 2-2.
  • the terminal device B listed above receives the feedback information 2 is only an exemplary description, and the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the terminal device B may also receive the feedback information 2 by using a blind detection manner, for example, the terminal device.
  • A can encapsulate the device information of the terminal device B in the data packet carrying the feedback information 2, so that when the terminal device B detects the data packet carrying the device information of the terminal device B, the terminal device B can determine the data packet.
  • the data that needs to be sent to the terminal device B (for example, the feedback information 2 described above) is carried, and the data packet can be decapsulated, for example, and the like, and the feedback information 2 can be acquired.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first terminal device sends the fifth data to the second terminal device by using the first radio resource.
  • the network device can transmit the data 3 to the terminal device A, and optionally, the data carrying the data 3 It may carry indication information indicating that the data 3 is to be transmitted to the terminal device B.
  • the terminal device A can determine that the data 3 needs to be sent to the terminal device B, and determines to use the data 3 radio resources (for example, time-frequency resources).
  • radio resources for example, time-frequency resources
  • the size of the resource allocated by the terminal device A each time may be fixed, that is, the size of the wireless resource 3-1 may be pre-selected by, for example, a communication protocol or the like.
  • the terminal device A may determine the radio resource 3-1 based on the size of the data 3.
  • the terminal device A may determine the radio resource 3-1 based on the service type of the service to which the data 3 belongs. As an example and not by way of limitation, for example, if the service to which the data 3 belongs is, for example, a video service or the like that needs to be continuously (for example, continuously transmitted in the time domain), the terminal device A can determine the continuous resource as the wireless resource 3 -1.
  • the terminal device A can pass the radio resource. 3-1 sends data 3 to the terminal device B.
  • the terminal device A may send the indication information of the radio resource 3-1 to the terminal device B, so that the terminal device B can receive the data 3 through the radio resource 3-1.
  • the indication information of the radio resource 3-1 may be used to indicate the location of the radio resource 3-1 in the time domain or the frequency domain.
  • the terminal device B listed above receives the data 3 is only an exemplary description, and the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the terminal device B may also receive data 3 by using a blind detection manner.
  • the terminal device A may The device information of the terminal device B is encapsulated in the data packet carrying the data 3. Therefore, when detecting the data packet carrying the device information of the terminal device B, the terminal device F can determine that the data packet carries the data packet.
  • the data (for example, data 3) sent to the terminal device B can be subjected to, for example, decapsulation processing or the like to acquire the data 3.
  • the terminal device A can also instruct the terminal device B to send a sounding signal, so that the terminal device A can perform channel estimation on the channel between the terminal device A and the terminal device B according to the sounding signal sent by the terminal device B, to determine Transmission parameters of data 3, for example, transmission power, modulation and coding scheme, rate matching scheme or multi-antenna technology mode, HARQ redundancy version number, and the like.
  • the terminal device B may also transmit feedback information for the data 3 to the terminal device A (hereinafter, for ease of understanding and distinction, it is referred to as feedback information 3).
  • the terminal device B may send a scheduling request message to the terminal device A (hereinafter, for ease of understanding and differentiation, it is recorded as: the scheduling request message 3), to request the terminal device A to send the terminal device B for carrying the feedback information.
  • 3 wireless resources hereinafter, for ease of understanding and differentiation, note: wireless resources 3-2).
  • the size of the resource allocated by the terminal device A each time may be fixed, that is, the size of the radio resource 3-2 may be pre-selected by, for example, a communication protocol or the like.
  • the scheduling request message 3-2 may optionally include an indication identifier for indicating that the data sent by the terminal device B is feedback information. Thereby, the terminal device A can determine the radio resource 3-2 based on the indication flag.
  • the terminal device A may transmit the indication information of the radio resource 3-2 to the terminal device B, so that the terminal device B can transmit the feedback for the data 3 through the radio resource 3-2.
  • Information 3 By way of example and not limitation, the indication of the wireless resource 3-2 The information can be used to indicate the location of the radio resource 3-2 in the time domain or the frequency domain.
  • multiple (at least two) groups may exist in the communication system, if the central terminal device of group #1 (ie, terminal device A) is located in another group (ie, An example of the third group is as follows: for ease of understanding and distinction, the terminal device of the central terminal device (hereinafter, for convenience of understanding and distinction, referred to as: terminal device G) in group #3), the terminal device A may receive a broadcast signal (hereinafter, referred to as: group ID #3) of the group identity (hereinafter, for ease of understanding and distinction) sent by the terminal device G for the bearer group #3 (ie, the second group)
  • group ID #3 the group identity
  • broadcast signal #3 An example of a group broadcast signal for ease of understanding and distinction.
  • the terminal device A may initiate the terminal device.
  • the terminal device A may further determine whether the duration of the signal strength of the broadcast signal #3 is greater than or equal to L proximity exceeds a preset.
  • the duration threshold hereinafter referred to as R proximity for ease of understanding
  • the terminal device A may determine the distance between the terminal device A and the terminal device B based on the broadcast signal #3.
  • the terminal device A can determine the location of the terminal device G according to the indication information, and can determine the location of the terminal device A based on technologies such as GPS, and thus the terminal device A can be the distance between the terminal device A and the terminal device G.
  • the mapping relationship between various signal strengths and various distance values may be determined by implementation, so that the terminal device A may find the signal with the broadcast signal #3 from the mapping relationship according to the signal strength of the broadcast signal #3. The distance corresponding to the strength is the distance between the terminal device A and the terminal device G.
  • the terminal device A may initiate the terminal device.
  • S proximity a preset distance threshold
  • the terminal device A may further determine that the distance between the terminal device A and the terminal device G is less than Whether or not the duration of S proximity exceeds R proximity , and in the case of the determination of YES, the terminal device A can initiate an information interaction process with the terminal device G.
  • the terminal device G may determine whether to initiate an information interaction process with the terminal device A based on the broadcast signal #1 from the terminal device A, and the determination process is similar to the determination process of the terminal device A based on the broadcast signal #3.
  • the determination process is similar to the determination process of the terminal device A based on the broadcast signal #3.
  • the foregoing information interaction process may be an interaction process for the indication information of the terminal device (including the member terminal device and the terminal center device) included in the group, and the following manner may be mentioned, for example, the terminal device A may Sending a handshake signal (REQHANDSHAKE) to the terminal device G, after receiving the handshake signal, the terminal device G may determine whether the terminal device of the group (group #1 and/or group #3) is shared with the terminal device A.
  • the information by way of example and not limitation, the terminal device G may make the above determination based on information set by the user or the administrator for indicating whether to allow sharing of the terminal device with other groups.
  • the terminal device G may transmit a reject response signal (NACKHANDSHAKE) to the terminal device A, so that the terminal device A may respond to the reject response signal. It is determined that the information of the member terminal devices of the group (Group #1 and/or Group #3) cannot be transmitted with the terminal device G.
  • the terminal device G determines that the information of the member terminal device of the group can be shared with the terminal device A, the terminal device G can transmit an acceptance response signal (ACKHANDSHAKE) to the terminal device A, so that the terminal device A can receive the response signal according to the response. It is determined that information of the member terminal devices of the group (Group #1 and/or Group #3) can be transmitted with the terminal device G.
  • ACKHANDSHAKE acceptance response signal
  • the terminal device A may transmit the indication information of the intra-group identification of each terminal device (which may include the member terminal device and the terminal center device) included in the group #1 to the terminal device G.
  • the terminal device G may send the indication information of the intra-group identification of each terminal device (which may include the member terminal device and the terminal center device) included in the group #3 to the terminal device A.
  • the terminal device G may use the terminal device G as a member terminal device of the group #1, and the terminal The device G can use the terminal device A as a member terminal device of the group #3.
  • the terminal device B can transmit data to the terminal device in the group #3 (hereinafter, for convenience of understanding and distinction, as the terminal device H).
  • the method further includes:
  • the first terminal device receives the second data sent by the second terminal device by using the first radio resource, where the second data is data that needs to be sent to the eighth terminal device, and the eighth terminal device belongs to the third group;
  • the first terminal device sends the second data to the central terminal device of the third group or the eighth terminal device by using the third wireless resource.
  • the terminal device B in the group #1 (that is, an example of the second terminal device) needs to be directed to one or more member terminal devices in the group #3 (that is, an example of the eighth terminal device)
  • the terminal device J transmits data
  • the terminal device B may transmit a resource scheduling request message to the terminal device A (hereinafter In order to facilitate understanding and differentiation, it is recorded as: scheduling request message 4-1).
  • the terminal device A can determine, according to the scheduling request message 4-1, the radio resource (for example, time-frequency resource) used for transmitting the data 4 from the resource pool determined as described above.
  • the radio resource for example, time-frequency resource
  • the size of the resource allocated by the terminal device A each time may be fixed, that is, the size of the wireless resource 4-1 may be pre-selected by, for example, a communication protocol or the like.
  • the scheduling request message 4-1 may optionally include indication information of the size of the data 4.
  • the terminal device A can determine the radio resource 4-1 based on the size of the data 4.
  • the scheduling request message 4-1 may optionally include indication information of the service type of the service to which the data 4 belongs.
  • the terminal device A can determine the radio resource 4-1 based on the service type of the service to which the data 4 belongs.
  • the service to which the data 4 belongs is, for example, a video service or the like that needs to be continuously (for example, continuously transmitted in the time domain)
  • the terminal device A may determine a continuous resource as the wireless resource 4 -1.
  • the terminal device A may transmit the indication information of the radio resource 4-1 to the terminal device B, so that the terminal device B can transmit the data to the terminal device A through the radio resource 4-1.
  • the indication information of the radio resource 4-1 may be used to indicate the location of the radio resource 4-1 in the time domain or the frequency domain.
  • the scheduling request message 4-1 may further include indication information indicating that the data 4 needs to be sent to the terminal device J.
  • the destination address field of the data packet carrying the data 4 may carry the intra-group identifier of the terminal device J, so that the terminal device A can be based on the indication information of the terminal device included in the group #3 acquired from the terminal device H. It is determined that the terminal device to which the data 4 needs to be transmitted (ie, the terminal device J) belongs to the group #3.
  • the terminal device A can transmit a resource scheduling request message to the terminal device H (hereinafter, for ease of understanding and differentiation, it is recorded as: scheduling request message 4-2).
  • the terminal device H can determine the radio resource (for example, time-frequency resource) used for transmitting the data 4 from the resource pool of the group #3 according to the scheduling request message 4-2.
  • the radio resource for example, time-frequency resource
  • the resource pool determination process of the group #3 is similar to the process of determining the resource pool of the group #1.
  • detailed description thereof will be omitted.
  • the size of the resource allocated by the terminal device H each time may be fixed, that is, the size of the wireless resource 4-2 may be pre-selected by, for example, a communication protocol or the like.
  • the scheduling request message 4-2 may optionally include indication information of the size of the data 4.
  • the terminal device H can determine the radio resource 4-2 based on the size of the data 4.
  • the scheduling request message 4-2 may optionally include indication information of the service type of the service to which the data 4 belongs.
  • the terminal device H can determine the radio resource 4-2 based on the service type of the service to which the data 4 belongs.
  • the service to which the data 4 belongs is, for example, a video service or the like that needs to be continuously (for example, continuously transmitted in the time domain)
  • the terminal device H may determine a continuous resource as the wireless resource 4 -2.
  • the terminal device H may transmit the indication information of the radio resource 4-2 to the terminal device A.
  • the terminal device A can transmit the data 4 to the terminal device H through the wireless resource 4-2.
  • the indication information of the radio resource 4-2 may be used to indicate the location of the radio resource 4-2 in the time domain or the frequency domain.
  • the scheduling request message 4-2 may further include indication information for indicating that the data 4 needs to be sent to the terminal device J.
  • the data is carried.
  • the destination address field of the data packet of 4 may carry the intra-group identifier of the terminal device J, so that the terminal device H can send the data 4 based on the intra-group identifier carried by the destination address word of the data packet carrying the data 4. To terminal device J.
  • the process in which the terminal device H transmits data to the terminal device J may be similar to the process in which the terminal device A transmits data to the terminal device (for example, the terminal device B) in the group #1, here, Avoiding the details and omitting the detailed description.
  • the terminal device A can transmit the data 4 to the terminal device J through the wireless resource 4-2.
  • the scheduling request message 4-2 may further include indication information indicating that the data 4 needs to be transmitted to the terminal device J, so that the terminal device H can determine that the data 4 needs to be transmitted to the terminal device J, and
  • the terminal device J transmits the indication information of the radio resource 4-2, so that the terminal device J can detect on the radio resource 4-2 to receive the data 4 (or wireless signal carrying the data 4).
  • the terminal device J can also receive the data 4 in a blind detection manner.
  • the terminal device A can encapsulate the device information of the terminal device J in the data packet carrying the data 4, so that the terminal device A detects the carrying.
  • the data packet When there is a data packet of the device information of the terminal device J, it may be determined that the data packet carries data (for example, data 4) that needs to be sent to the terminal device J, and the data packet may be decapsulated, for example, and the like. Get the data 4.
  • data for example, data 4
  • the terminal device in the group #3 may also send data to the terminal device B in the group #1, and the process is similar to the transmission process of the data 4, and here, in order to avoid redundancy
  • the method further includes:
  • the first terminal device receives the third data sent by the central terminal device of the third group by using the fourth radio resource, where the fourth radio resource is allocated by the central terminal device of the third group, and the third data is required Data sent to the second terminal device;
  • the first terminal device sends the third data to the second terminal device by using the first radio resource.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first terminal device sends a third request message, where the third request message is used to indicate that the first terminal device requests to change the central terminal device of the first group;
  • the first terminal device receives the fourth request message sent by the ninth terminal device, where the ninth terminal device belongs to the member terminal device of the first group, and the fourth request message is used to indicate that the ninth terminal device requests the first a central terminal device of the group, the fourth request message is sent by the ninth terminal device according to the third request message;
  • the first terminal device determines, according to the fourth request message, the ninth terminal device as the central terminal device of the first group.
  • the terminal device A can monitor its own communication situation and determine whether it can continue as the central terminal device of the group #1 according to its own communication condition.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first terminal device determines that the current power is less than or equal to a preset threshold
  • the communication connection between the first terminal device and the network device is interrupted.
  • the terminal device A can determine that the center terminal device that cannot be the group #1 can be continued when its own communication condition satisfies the following conditions.
  • the terminal device A when the terminal device A is a battery-powered terminal device, the terminal device A can detect its current power, and when the current power is less than or equal to a preset threshold (preset power value), the terminal device A can determine Cannot continue as the central terminal device of group #1, and can initiate the subsequent central terminal device change process.
  • a preset threshold preset power value
  • the terminal device A can detect the distance between each terminal device of the group #1, and, for example, a prescribed number of the terminal device A and the group #1 (for example, the member terminal device of the group #1) When the distance between the terminal devices of half of the number is greater than a preset threshold (preset distance value), the terminal device A may determine that the central terminal device cannot be continued as the group #1, and may initiate subsequent central terminal device changes. Process.
  • the terminal device A when the terminal device A is a terminal device having a network connection, the terminal device A can detect its own network connection situation, and at the terminal device A loses the network connection (ie, the communication with the network device is interrupted) or the network connection is When the difference (for example, the signal to interference and noise ratio is greater than the preset noise threshold), the terminal device A may determine that the central terminal device cannot be continued as the group #1, and may initiate the subsequent central terminal device change procedure.
  • the difference for example, the signal to interference and noise ratio is greater than the preset noise threshold
  • terminal device A may broadcast a step down application message to all member terminal devices within group #1. After receiving the abdication request message, the member terminal device in the group #1 can determine whether it can be the central terminal device of the group #1.
  • the above-described determination process may be performed using conditions similar to the above conditions 1 to 3.
  • the foregoing determining process may also be performed based on a sequence generated by each member center terminal device described in the above-mentioned group establishment process, for example, a terminal device having the largest or smallest generated sequence among terminal devices other than the terminal device A Can be judged as being able to be a group The central terminal device of group #1.
  • the member terminal device capable of being the center terminal device of the group #1 (hereinafter, for convenience of understanding and distinction, it is noted that the terminal device P) can feedback the determination response information ACKstepdown. Thereby, the terminal device A can use the terminal device that transmits the determination response information as the new center terminal device of the group #1. It should be noted that when a plurality of terminal devices send the determination response information, the terminal device A may select one terminal device as the group #1 based on a preset rule (for example, a communication protocol specification or a rule set by an administrator).
  • a preset rule for example, a communication protocol specification or a rule set by an administrator.
  • the terminal device A may select one or more member terminal devices from the member terminal devices of the group #1 as the candidate terminal device, and send a conversion request message to the candidate terminal device, each device The selected terminal device can determine whether it can be the central terminal device of the group #1, and when it is determined that it can be the central terminal device of the group #1, feed back the acceptance message to the terminal device A. Thus, the terminal device A can use the terminal device transmitting the accept message as the new central terminal device of the group #1. It should be noted that when a plurality of terminal devices send the determination accept message, the terminal device A may select one terminal device as the group #1 based on a preset rule (for example, a communication protocol specification or a rule set by an administrator). New central terminal equipment.
  • a preset rule for example, a communication protocol specification or a rule set by an administrator.
  • the terminal device A can deliver the context of each terminal device of the group #1 to the new central terminal device of the group #1.
  • the new central terminal device of group #1 can start broadcasting the group broadcast signal in the next broadcast period.
  • the terminal device A can serve as a member terminal device of the group #1 and stop broadcasting the group broadcast signal before the start of the next broadcast period.
  • the central terminal device in the group can be in the group.
  • the member terminal device allocates radio resources for inter-device communication, so that even without the cooperation of the cellular network (for example, existing V2V communication technology, or D2D communication technology without network device coverage)
  • the resource scheduling can be realized, thereby effectively avoiding collision problems caused by shared resources, improving the success rate of communication between devices, reducing communication delay, expanding communication capacity between devices, and improving communication reliability between devices.
  • FIG. 4 shows a schematic flow diagram of a method 300 for inter-device communication in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention as described in the perspective of a member terminal device.
  • the method 300 includes:
  • the second terminal device determines, as the member terminal device of the first group, where the first group includes the central terminal device and the at least one member terminal device.
  • the second terminal device performs inter-device communication by using the first radio resource allocated by the central terminal device of the first group.
  • the first terminal device determines the central terminal device that is the first group, and includes:
  • the second terminal device generates a second sequence
  • the second terminal device sends the second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the second sequence and the device information of the second terminal device, where one device information is used to uniquely indicate a terminal device;
  • the second terminal device receives the first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the first sequence generated by the first terminal device and the device information of the first terminal device;
  • the second terminal device determines that the second terminal device is a member terminal device of the first group.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second terminal device determines that the first terminal device is the central terminal device of the first group.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second terminal device sends a second detection signal, so that the first terminal device sends the first indication information after determining that the received signal strength of the second detection signal is greater than or equal to the first preset strength, or The first terminal device sends the first indication information after determining that the distance between the first terminal device and the second terminal device determined based on the received second detection signal is less than or equal to the first preset distance.
  • the second terminal device sends the second indication information, including:
  • the second terminal device sends the second indication information after determining that the received signal strength of the first detection signal is greater than or equal to the first preset strength; or
  • the second terminal device Determining, by the second terminal device, a distance between the first terminal device and the second terminal device based on the received first detection signal, and determining that a distance between the first terminal device and the second terminal device is less than After the first preset distance is equal to or equal to, the second indication information is sent.
  • the first sequence is device information of the first terminal device according to the first terminal device.
  • the second terminal generates a second sequence, including:
  • the second terminal device generates a second sequence according to the device information of the second terminal device.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second terminal device receives the first terminal device to send the third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device requests the central terminal device.
  • the method further includes:
  • the fourth indication information is sent, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the second terminal device agrees to the first terminal device.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second terminal device receives the sixth indication information that is sent by the first terminal device, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate the intra-group identifier that the first terminal device allocates for the second terminal device;
  • the second terminal device performs inter-device communication by using the first radio resource allocated by the central terminal device of the first group, including:
  • the second terminal device performs inter-device communication by using the first radio resource allocated by the central terminal device of the first group based on the intra-group identifier.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second terminal is configured to receive the first group broadcast signal periodically sent by the first terminal device, where the first group broadcast signal carries the group identifier of the first group and the device information of the first terminal device, where The group identifier of the first group is determined by the first terminal device, and one group identifier is used to uniquely indicate a device group.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second terminal device After determining that the received signal strength of the first group broadcast signal is greater than or equal to the second preset strength, the second terminal device sends a first request message to the first terminal device; or
  • the second terminal device After determining that the distance between the first terminal device and the second terminal device determined based on the received first group broadcast signal is less than or equal to a second preset distance, the second terminal device sends the first terminal to the first terminal The device sends a first request message.
  • the first request message carries device information of the second terminal device, and the first request The message is used to indicate that the second terminal device requests to join the first group.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second request message is sent to the first terminal device, where the distance is greater than the second preset distance, and the second request message is sent to the first terminal device. group.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second terminal device After determining, as the member terminal device of the first group, the second terminal device sends a heartbeat signal to the first terminal device according to a preset period;
  • the second terminal device stops transmitting the heartbeat signal after determining that the received signal strength of the first group broadcast signal is less than the second preset strength; or
  • the second terminal device stops transmitting the heartbeat signal after determining that the distance between the first terminal device and the second terminal device determined based on the received first group broadcast signal is greater than a second preset distance.
  • the second terminal device performs inter-device communication by using the first radio resource allocated by the central terminal device of the first group, including:
  • the second terminal device sends the first data to the seventh terminal device in the first group by using the first radio resource.
  • the second terminal device performs inter-device communication by using the first radio resource allocated by the central terminal device of the first group, including:
  • the second terminal device sends the second data to the first terminal device by using the first radio resource, where the second data is data that needs to be sent to the eighth terminal device, and the eighth terminal device belongs to the third group.
  • the second terminal device performs inter-device communication by using the first radio resource allocated by the central terminal device of the first group, including:
  • the second terminal device receives the third data sent by the first terminal device by using the first radio resource, where the third data is sent by the central terminal device of the third group to the first terminal device by using the fourth radio resource.
  • the third data, the fourth radio resource is allocated by the central terminal device of the third group.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second terminal device receives the third data sent by the central terminal device of the third group by using the fourth radio resource, where the fourth radio resource is allocated by the central terminal device of the third group.
  • the second terminal device performs inter-device communication by using the first radio resource allocated by the central terminal device of the first group, including:
  • the second terminal device sends fourth data to the first terminal device by using the first radio resource, where the fourth data is data that needs to be sent to the network device.
  • the second terminal device performs inter-device communication by using the first radio resource allocated by the central terminal device of the first group, including:
  • the second terminal device receives the fifth data sent by the first terminal device by using the first radio resource, where the fifth data is sent by the network device to the first terminal device.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second terminal device receives the third request message sent by the first terminal device, where the third request message is used to indicate that the first terminal device requests to change the central terminal device of the first group;
  • the second terminal device sends a fourth request message to the first terminal device according to the third request message, where the fourth request message is used to indicate that the second terminal device requests the central terminal device as the first group.
  • the actions and processes performed by the second terminal device in the method 300 are similar to the actions and processes of the terminal device B described in the foregoing method 200.
  • the first terminal device is in the method 300.
  • the operations and processes performed are similar to the operations and processes of the terminal device A described in the above method 200.
  • detailed description thereof will be omitted.
  • the central terminal device in the group can be in the group.
  • the member terminal device allocates radio resources for inter-device communication, so that even without the cooperation of the cellular network (for example, existing V2V communication technology, or D2D communication technology without network device coverage)
  • the resource scheduling can be realized, thereby effectively avoiding collision problems caused by shared resources, improving the success rate of communication between devices, reducing communication delay, expanding communication capacity between devices, and improving communication reliability between devices.
  • FIGS. 1 through 4 a method for inter-device communication according to an embodiment of the present invention is described in detail with reference to FIGS. 1 through 4.
  • FIGS. 5 and 6 an apparatus for inter-device communication according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 5 and 6.
  • FIG. 5 shows a schematic block of an apparatus 400 for inter-device communication in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the apparatus 400 includes:
  • a determining unit 410 configured to determine a central terminal device as the first group, where the first group includes the central terminal device and at least one member terminal device;
  • the processing unit 420 is configured to allocate a first radio resource to the second terminal device, so that the second terminal device performs inter-device communication according to the first radio resource, where the second terminal device belongs to the first group Member terminal equipment.
  • the determining unit 410 is configured to generate a first sequence
  • the device 400 also includes:
  • the sending unit 420 is configured to send first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the first sequence and device information of the device 400, where one device information is used to uniquely indicate a terminal device;
  • the receiving unit 430 is configured to receive at least one second indication information, where the at least one second indication information is in one-to-one correspondence with the at least one third terminal device, where each second indication information is used to indicate that the corresponding third terminal device generates a second sequence and device information of the corresponding third terminal device;
  • the determining unit 410 is configured to determine, as the central terminal device of the first group, when the relationship between the first sequence and the second sequence meets a preset condition.
  • the determining unit 410 is configured to determine that the third terminal device belongs to the member terminal device of the first group when the relationship between the first sequence and the second sequence meets a preset condition.
  • the sending unit 420 is further configured to send the first detection signal, so that the third terminal device sends the second after determining that the received signal strength of the first detection signal is greater than or equal to the first preset strength. Instructing information, or the third terminal device sends the second indication after determining that the distance between the device 400 and the second terminal device determined based on the received first detection signal is less than or equal to a first preset distance information.
  • the receiving unit 430 is further configured to receive a second detection signal, where the second detection signal is sent by the third terminal device;
  • the determining unit 410 is further configured to control the sending unit 420 to send the first indication information after determining that the received signal strength of the second detection signal is greater than or equal to the first preset strength; or
  • the determining unit 410 is further configured to determine a distance between the device 400 and the third terminal device based on the received second detection signal, and determine that a distance between the device 400 and the third terminal device is less than or equal to After the first preset distance, the transmitting unit 420 is controlled to send the first indication information.
  • the second sequence is device information of the third terminal device according to the third terminal device.
  • the determining unit 410 is specifically configured to generate a first sequence according to the device information of the device 400.
  • the determining unit 410 is further configured to: when the relationship between the first sequence and the second sequence meets a preset condition, control the sending unit 420 to send third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate The device 400 is requested as a central terminal device.
  • the receiving unit 430 is further configured to receive fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the third terminal device agrees to the device 400 as the central terminal device of the first group, where the fourth indication information is The third terminal device sends when determining that the relationship between the first sequence and the second sequence meets the preset condition;
  • the determining unit 410 is specifically configured to determine, according to the fourth indication information, a central terminal device that is the first group, and determine that the third terminal device belongs to the member terminal device.
  • the fourth indication information is further used to indicate the first sequence.
  • the determining unit 410 is specifically configured to determine, as the first group, that the receiving unit 430 does not receive the fifth indication information within the preset time period T after the determining, by the sending unit 420, the third indication information
  • the central terminal device determines that the third terminal device belongs to the member terminal device, wherein the fifth indication information is used to indicate that the third terminal device does not agree to the device 400 as the central terminal device of the first group.
  • the determining unit 410 is further configured to: when the receiving unit 430 receives the fifth indication information after the preset time period T, determine that the third terminal device does not belong to the first group.
  • the determining unit 410 is further configured to control the sending unit 420 to resend the fifth indication information when the receiving unit 430 receives the fifth indication information within the preset time period T after determining that the sending unit 420 sends the third indication information.
  • the first indication information wherein the fifth indication information is used to indicate that the third terminal device does not agree to the device 400 as the central terminal device of the first group.
  • the fifth indication information is sent by the third terminal device after determining that the first indication information is received incorrectly, and
  • the fifth indication information is further used to indicate a portion of the first indication information that receives an error.
  • the processing unit 420 is further configured to allocate an intra-group identifier to each terminal device in the first group, where an intra-group identifier is used to uniquely indicate a terminal device in the first group;
  • the device 400 also includes:
  • the sending unit 420 is configured to send the sixth indication information, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate an intra-group identifier of each terminal device in the first group, so as to facilitate each terminal device in the first group. Inter-device communication is based on the identity within the group.
  • the determining unit 410 is further configured to determine a group identity of the first group, where a group identity is used to uniquely indicate a device group;
  • the device 400 also includes:
  • the sending unit 420 is configured to periodically send a first group broadcast signal, where the first group broadcast signal carries the group identifier of the first group and device information of the device 400.
  • the apparatus 400 further includes:
  • the receiving unit 430 is configured to receive at least one second group broadcast signal, the at least one second group broadcast signal is in one-to-one correspondence with the at least one second group, and each second group broadcast signal is a corresponding second
  • the central terminal device of the group periodically sends, and each of the second group broadcast signals carries the group identifier of the corresponding second group and the device information of the corresponding central terminal device of the second group;
  • the determining unit 410 is further configured to: when determining that the group identifier of the second group is the same as the group identifier of the first group, change the group identifier of the first group; or
  • the determining unit 410 is further configured to: when determining that the group identifier of the second group is the same as the group identifier of the first group, control the sending unit 420 to send a ninth indication information, where the ninth indication information is used to indicate The central terminal device of the second group changes the group identity of the second group.
  • the apparatus 400 further includes:
  • the receiving unit 430 is configured to receive a first request message sent by the fourth terminal device, where the first request message carries device information of the fourth terminal device, where the first request message is used to indicate that the fourth terminal device requests to join the a first group, the first request message is sent by the second terminal device after determining that the received signal strength of the first group broadcast signal is greater than or equal to a second preset strength, or the first request message After the second terminal device determines that the distance between the device 400 and the fourth terminal device determined based on the received first group broadcast signal is less than or equal to a second preset distance;
  • the determining unit 410 is further configured to determine, according to the first request message, that the fourth terminal device belongs to a member terminal device of the first group.
  • the apparatus 400 further includes:
  • the receiving unit 430 is configured to receive a second request message sent by the fifth terminal device in the first group, where the fifth terminal device belongs to the member terminal device of the first group, and the second request message is used to indicate the The fifth terminal device requests to exit the first group, and the second request message is the fifth terminal After the device determines that the received signal strength of the first group broadcast signal is less than the second preset strength, or the second request message is determined by the fifth terminal device to be based on the received first group Transmitting, after the broadcast signal determines that the distance between the device 400 and the fifth terminal device is greater than the second preset distance;
  • the determining unit 410 is further configured to determine, according to the second request message, that the fifth terminal device does not belong to the member terminal device of the first group.
  • the apparatus 400 further includes:
  • the receiving unit 430 is configured to send a heartbeat signal to the sixth terminal device, where the sixth terminal device belongs to the member terminal device of the first group, and the heartbeat signal carries device information of the sixth terminal device, where the heartbeat signal is The sixth terminal device sends the preset terminal period after determining the member terminal device as the first group;
  • the determining unit 410 is further configured to: when the receiving unit 430 does not receive the heartbeat signal within the preset duration, determine that the sixth terminal device does not belong to the member terminal device of the first group, where the preset duration is greater than Or the duration of the preset period, the sixth terminal device stops transmitting the heartbeat signal after determining that the received signal strength of the first group broadcast signal is less than the second preset strength, or the sixth terminal device is Determining to stop transmitting the heartbeat signal after the distance between the device 400 and the sixth terminal device determined based on the received first group broadcast signal is greater than a second preset distance.
  • the first radio resource is specifically used by the second terminal device to send the first data to the seventh terminal device in the first group.
  • the apparatus 400 further includes:
  • the sending unit 420 is configured to send the indication information of the first radio resource to the seventh terminal device.
  • the apparatus 400 further includes:
  • the sending unit 420 is configured to send the tenth indication information to the seventh terminal device, where the tenth indication information is used to instruct the seventh terminal device to send the sounding signal.
  • the processing unit 420 is further configured to allocate the second radio resource to the seventh terminal device, so that the seventh terminal device sends the feedback information for the first data by using the second radio resource.
  • the apparatus 400 further includes:
  • the receiving unit 430 is configured to receive a third group broadcast signal, where the third group broadcast signal is periodically sent by the central terminal device of the third group, where the third group broadcast signal carries the third group a group identifier of the group and device information of the central terminal device of the third group;
  • the determining unit 410 is further configured to control, according to the third group broadcast signal, the sending unit 420 and the receiving unit 430 to communicate with the central terminal device of the third group to determine the terminal device included in the third group, And causing the central terminal device of the third group to learn the terminal device included in the first group.
  • the apparatus 400 further includes:
  • the receiving unit 430 is configured to receive, by using the first radio resource, second data that is sent by the second terminal device, where the second data is data that needs to be sent to the eighth terminal device, where the eighth terminal device belongs to the third group;
  • the determining unit 410 is further configured to determine a third radio resource, where the third radio resource is allocated by the central terminal device of the third group to the device 400;
  • the sending unit 420 is configured to send the second data to the central terminal device of the third group or the eighth terminal device by using the third radio resource.
  • the apparatus 400 further includes:
  • the receiving unit 430 is configured to receive third data sent by the central terminal device of the third group by using the fourth radio resource, where the fourth radio resource is allocated by the central terminal device of the third group, where the third data is Data to be sent to the second terminal device;
  • the sending unit 420 is configured to send the third data to the second terminal device by using the first radio resource.
  • the apparatus 400 further includes:
  • the receiving unit 430 is configured to receive fourth data sent by the second terminal device by using the first radio resource, where the fourth data is data that needs to be sent to the network device;
  • the sending unit 420 is configured to send the fourth data to the network device.
  • the apparatus 400 further includes:
  • the receiving unit 430 is configured to receive fifth data that is sent by the network device, where the fifth data is data that needs to be sent to the second terminal device;
  • the sending unit 420 is configured to send the fifth data to the second terminal device by using the first radio resource.
  • the apparatus 400 further includes:
  • the sending unit 420 is configured to send a third request message, where the third request message is used to indicate that the apparatus 400 requests to change the central terminal device of the first group;
  • the receiving unit 430 is configured to receive a fourth request message sent by the ninth terminal device, where the ninth terminal device belongs to the member terminal device of the first group, and the fourth request message is used to indicate that the ninth terminal device requests the a central terminal device of the first group, the fourth request message is sent by the ninth terminal device according to the third request message;
  • the device 400 determines, according to the fourth request message, the ninth terminal device as the central terminal device of the first group.
  • the determining unit 410 is further configured to determine that the current power is less than or equal to a preset threshold; or
  • the determining unit 410 is further configured to determine that a distance between each member terminal device in the first group meets a preset condition; or
  • the determining unit 410 is further configured to interrupt the communication connection with the network device.
  • the apparatus 400 for inter-device communication may correspond to a first terminal device (for example, the terminal device A) in the method of the embodiment of the present invention, and each of the devices 400 for inter-device communication
  • the unit that is, the module and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively implemented in order to implement the corresponding process of the method 200 in FIG. 2, and are not described herein again for brevity.
  • An apparatus for inter-device communication by causing at least two terminal devices to negotiate to determine a central terminal device and a member terminal device in a group, the central terminal device in the group can be in the group
  • the member terminal device allocates radio resources for inter-device communication, so that even without the cooperation of the cellular network (for example, existing V2V communication technology, or D2D communication technology without network device coverage)
  • the resource scheduling can be realized, thereby effectively avoiding collision problems caused by shared resources, improving the success rate of communication between devices, reducing communication delay, expanding communication capacity between devices, and improving communication reliability between devices.
  • FIG. 6 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 500 for inter-device communication, as shown in FIG. 6, which includes:
  • a determining unit 510 configured to determine a member terminal device as the first group, where the first group includes a central terminal device and at least one member terminal device;
  • the communication unit 520 is configured to perform inter-device communication by using the first radio resource allocated by the central terminal device of the first group.
  • the determining unit 510 is configured to generate a second sequence.
  • the communication unit 520 is configured to send second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the second sequence and device information of the device 500, where one device information is used to uniquely indicate a terminal device;
  • the communication unit 520 is configured to receive first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate a first sequence generated by the first terminal device and device information of the first terminal device;
  • the determining unit 510 is configured to determine, as the member terminal device of the first group, when the relationship between the first sequence and the second sequence meets a preset condition.
  • the determining unit 510 is configured to determine that the first terminal device is the central terminal device of the first group when the relationship between the first sequence and the second sequence meets a preset condition.
  • the communication unit 520 is configured to send the second detection signal, so that the first terminal device sends the first indication after determining that the received signal strength of the second detection signal is greater than or equal to the first preset strength.
  • the communication unit 520 is configured to receive a first detection signal, where the first detection signal is sent by the first terminal device;
  • the determining unit 510 is configured to control the communication unit 520 to send the second indication information after determining that the signal strength of the first detection signal received by the communication unit 520 is greater than or equal to the first preset strength; or
  • the determining unit 510 is configured to determine a distance between the first terminal device and the device 500 based on the first detection signal received by the communication unit 520, and determine that the distance between the first terminal device and the device 500 is less than After the first preset distance is equal to or equal to the first preset distance, the communication unit 520 is controlled to send the second indication information.
  • the first sequence is determined by the first terminal device according to the device information of the first terminal device, and
  • the determining unit 510 is configured to generate a second sequence according to the device information of the device 500.
  • the communication unit 520 is configured to receive, by the first terminal device, third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device requests the central terminal device.
  • the determining unit 510 is configured to control the communication unit 520 to send fourth indication information, when the relationship between the first sequence and the second sequence is determined to meet the preset condition, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate The device 500 agrees that the first terminal device is the central terminal device of the first group
  • the communication unit 520 is configured to receive sixth indication information that is sent by the first terminal device, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate the intra-group identifier that the first terminal device allocates for the device 500;
  • the communication unit 520 is configured to perform inter-device communication by using the first radio resource allocated by the central terminal device of the first group based on the intra-group identifier.
  • the communication unit 520 is configured to receive a first group broadcast signal periodically sent by the first terminal device, where the first group broadcast signal carries the group identifier of the first group and the first terminal The device information of the device, wherein the group identifier of the first group is determined by the first terminal device, and one group identifier is used to uniquely indicate a device group.
  • the determining unit 510 is configured to control the communication unit 520 to send the first terminal device after determining that the signal strength of the first group broadcast signal received by the communication unit 520 is greater than or equal to the second preset strength.
  • First request message or
  • the determining unit 510 is configured to control the communication after determining that the distance between the first terminal device and the device 500 determined based on the first group broadcast signal received by the communication unit 520 is less than or equal to a second preset distance.
  • the unit 520 sends a first request message to the first terminal device.
  • the first request message carries the device information of the device 500, and the first request message is used to indicate that the device 500 requests to join the first group.
  • the determining unit 510 is configured to control the communication unit 520 to send the second terminal to the first terminal device after determining that the signal strength of the first group broadcast signal received by the communication unit 520 is less than the second preset strength. Request message; or
  • the determining unit 510 is configured to control the communication unit 520 after determining that the distance between the first terminal device and the device 500 determined based on the first group broadcast signal received by the communication unit 520 is greater than a second preset distance. Sending a second request message to the first terminal device;
  • the second request message is used to indicate that the second member terminal device requests to exit the first group.
  • the determining unit 510 is configured to: after determining the member terminal device that is the first group, control the communication unit 520 to send a heartbeat signal to the first terminal device according to a preset period;
  • the determining unit 510 is configured to control the communication unit 520 to stop sending the heartbeat signal after determining that the signal strength of the first group broadcast signal received by the communication unit 520 is less than the second preset strength; or
  • the determining unit 510 is configured to control the communication unit 520 after determining that the distance between the first terminal device and the device 500 determined based on the first group broadcast signal received by the communication unit 520 is greater than a second preset distance. Stop sending the heartbeat signal.
  • the communication unit 520 is configured to send the first radio resource to the first group by using the first radio resource.
  • the seven terminal devices send the first data.
  • the communication unit 520 is configured to send, by using the first radio resource, second data to the first terminal device, where the second data is data that needs to be sent to the eighth terminal device, where the eighth terminal device belongs to The third group.
  • the communication unit 520 is configured to receive the third data sent by the first terminal device by using the first radio resource, where the third data is sent by the central terminal device of the third group to be sent by using the fourth radio resource.
  • the third data of the first terminal device, the fourth wireless resource is allocated by the central terminal device of the third group.
  • the communication unit 520 is configured to receive third data sent by the central terminal device of the third group by using the fourth wireless resource, where the fourth wireless resource is allocated by the central terminal device of the third group.
  • the communication unit 520 is configured to send fourth data to the first terminal device by using the first radio resource, where the fourth data is data that needs to be sent to the network device.
  • the communication unit 520 is configured to receive the fifth data sent by the first terminal device by using the first radio resource, where the fifth data is sent by the network device to the first terminal device.
  • the communication unit 520 is configured to receive a third request message sent by the first terminal device, where the third request message is used to indicate that the first terminal device requests to change the central terminal device of the first group;
  • the communication unit 520 is configured to send, according to the third request message, a fourth request message to the first terminal device, where the fourth request message is used to instruct the device 500 to request the central terminal device as the first group.
  • the apparatus 500 for inter-device communication may correspond to a second terminal device (for example, the terminal device B) in the method of the embodiment of the present invention, and each of the devices 500 for inter-device communication
  • the unit that is, the module and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively implemented in order to implement the corresponding process of the method 300 in FIG. 4, and are not described herein again for brevity.
  • An apparatus for inter-device communication by causing at least two terminal devices to negotiate to determine a central terminal device and a member terminal device in a group, the central terminal device in the group can be in the group
  • the member terminal device allocates radio resources for inter-device communication, so that even without the cooperation of the cellular network (for example, existing V2V communication technology, or D2D communication technology without network device coverage) It can realize resource scheduling, which can effectively avoid collision problems caused by shared resources and improve the success rate of communication between devices. Reduce communication delay, expand the capacity of communication between devices, and improve the reliability of communication between devices.
  • FIGS. 1 through 4 a method for inter-device communication according to an embodiment of the present invention is described in detail with reference to FIGS. 1 through 4.
  • FIGS. 7 and 8 an apparatus for inter-device communication according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 7 and 8.
  • FIG. 7 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 600 for inter-device communication, as shown in FIG. 7, including a processor 610 and a transceiver 620, a processor 610 and a transceiver 620, in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the device 600 also includes a memory 630 that is coupled to the processor 610.
  • the device 600 includes a bus system 640.
  • the processor 610, the memory 630, and the transceiver 620 can be connected by a bus system 640.
  • the memory 630 can be used to store instructions for executing the instructions stored in the memory 630 to control the transceiver 620 to send information or signal,
  • the processor 610 is configured to determine the device 600 as a central terminal device of the first group, where the first group includes the central terminal device and at least one member terminal device;
  • the processor 610 is configured to allocate a first radio resource to the second terminal device, so that the second terminal device performs inter-device communication according to the first radio resource, where the second terminal device belongs to the first group. Member terminal equipment.
  • the processor 610 is configured to generate a first sequence
  • the processor 610 is configured to control the transceiver 620 to send first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the first sequence and device information of the device 600, where one device information is used to uniquely indicate a terminal device. ;
  • the processor 610 is configured to control the transceiver 620 to receive at least one second indication information, where the at least one second indication information is in one-to-one correspondence with the at least one third terminal device, where each second indication information is used to indicate the corresponding a second sequence generated by the third terminal device and device information of the corresponding third terminal device;
  • the processor 610 is configured to determine, when the relationship between the first sequence and the second sequence meets a preset condition, the device 600 as the central terminal device of the first group.
  • the processor 610 is configured to determine that the third terminal device belongs to the member terminal device of the first group when the relationship between the first sequence and the second sequence meets a preset condition.
  • the processor 610 is configured to control the transceiver 620 to send the first detection signal, so that the third terminal device determines that the received signal strength of the first detection signal is greater than or equal to the first preset strength. Sending the second indication information, or the third terminal device is determined based on the determination The second indication information is sent after the received first detection signal determines that the distance between the device 600 and the second terminal device is less than or equal to the first preset distance.
  • the processor 610 is configured to control the transceiver 620 to receive a second detection signal, where the second detection signal is sent by the third terminal device;
  • the processor 610 is configured to send the first indication information after determining that the received signal strength of the second detection signal is greater than or equal to the first preset strength; or
  • the processor 610 is configured to determine a distance between the device 600 and the third terminal device based on the received second detection signal, and determine that a distance between the device 600 and the third terminal device is less than or equal to a first After a preset distance, the first indication information is sent.
  • the processor 610 is configured to generate a first sequence according to the device information of the device 600.
  • the processor 610 is configured to: when the relationship between the first sequence and the second sequence meets a preset condition, the device 600 sends third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate the device 600. Request as a central terminal device.
  • the processor 610 is configured to control the transceiver 620 to receive the fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the third terminal device agrees to the device 600 as the central terminal device of the first group, where the The fourth indication information is sent by the third terminal device when determining that the relationship between the first sequence and the second sequence satisfies the preset condition;
  • the processor 610 is configured to determine, according to the fourth indication information, that the device 600 is the central terminal device of the first group, and determine that the third terminal device belongs to the member terminal device.
  • the fourth indication information is further used to indicate the first sequence.
  • the processor 610 is configured to: when the fifth indication information is not received within the preset time period T after the third information is sent, determine that the device 600 is the central terminal device of the first group, and determine The third terminal device belongs to the member terminal device, and the fifth indication information is used to indicate that the third terminal device does not agree to the device 600 as the central terminal device of the first group.
  • the processor 610 is configured to determine, when the transceiver 620 receives the fifth indication information after the preset time period T, that the third terminal device does not belong to the first group.
  • the processor 610 is configured to resend the first indication information when the fifth indication information is received within a preset time period T after determining to send the third indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to The third terminal device is instructed to disagree with the device 600 as the central terminal device of the first group.
  • the fifth indication information is that the third terminal device determines that the first indication information is received. Sent after the error, and
  • the fifth indication information is further used to indicate a portion of the first indication information that receives an error.
  • the processor 610 is configured to allocate an intra-group identifier to each terminal device in the first group, where an intra-group identifier is used to uniquely indicate a terminal device in the first group;
  • the device 600 sends a sixth indication information, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate an intra-group identifier of each terminal device in the first group, so that each terminal device in the first group is based on the group
  • the internal identifier performs communication between devices.
  • the processor 610 is configured to determine a group identity of the first group, where a group identity is used to uniquely indicate a device group;
  • the processor 610 is configured to control the transceiver 620 to periodically send a first group broadcast signal, where the first group broadcast signal carries the group identifier of the first group and device information of the device 600.
  • the processor 610 is configured to control the transceiver 620 to detect at least one second group broadcast signal, the at least one second group broadcast signal is in one-to-one correspondence with the at least one second group, each second group The group broadcast signal is periodically sent by the corresponding central terminal device of the second group, and each second group broadcast signal carries a group identifier of the corresponding second group and the corresponding second group Device information of the central terminal device;
  • the processor 610 is configured to: when determining that the group identifier of the second group is the same as the group identifier of the first group, change the group identifier of the first group; or
  • the processor 610 is configured to, when determining that the group identifier of the second group is the same as the group identifier of the first group, control the transceiver 620 to send a ninth indication information, where the ninth indication information is used to indicate the The central terminal device of the second group changes the group identity of the second group.
  • the processor 610 is configured to control the transceiver 620 to receive a first request message sent by the fourth terminal device, where the first request message carries device information of the fourth terminal device, where the first request message is used.
  • the first request message is that the second terminal device sends after determining that the received signal strength of the first group broadcast signal is greater than or equal to a second preset strength
  • the first request message is that the second terminal device determines that the distance between the device 600 and the fourth terminal device determined based on the received first group broadcast signal is less than or equal to a second preset. Sent after the distance;
  • the processor 610 is configured to determine, according to the first request message, that the fourth terminal device belongs to a member terminal device of the first group.
  • the processor 610 is configured to control the transceiver 620 to receive a second request message sent by the fifth terminal device in the first group, where the fifth terminal device belongs to a member terminal device of the first group,
  • the second request message is used to indicate that the fifth terminal device requests to exit the first group, and the second request message is that the fifth terminal device determines that the received signal strength of the first group broadcast signal is less than the second After the preset strength is sent, or the second request message is that the fifth terminal device determines that the distance between the device 600 and the fifth terminal device determined based on the received first group broadcast signal is greater than the first Sent after two preset distances;
  • the processor 610 is configured to determine, according to the second request message, that the fifth terminal device does not belong to the member terminal device of the first group.
  • the processor 610 is configured to control the transceiver 620 to detect a heartbeat signal sent by the sixth terminal device, where the sixth terminal device belongs to a member terminal device of the first group, and the heartbeat signal carries the sixth terminal.
  • Device information of the device, the heartbeat signal is sent by the sixth terminal device according to a preset period after determining to be a member terminal device of the first group;
  • the processor 610 is configured to determine that the sixth terminal device does not belong to the member terminal device of the first group when the heartbeat signal is not received within the preset duration, where the preset duration is greater than or equal to the preset
  • the sixth terminal device stops transmitting the heartbeat signal after determining that the received signal strength of the first group broadcast signal is less than the second preset strength, or the sixth terminal device determines based on the received
  • the first group broadcast signal determines that the distance between the device 600 and the sixth terminal device is greater than the second preset distance and then stops transmitting the heartbeat signal.
  • the first radio resource is specifically used by the second terminal device to send the first data to the seventh terminal device in the first group.
  • the processor 610 is configured to control the transceiver 620 to send the indication information of the first radio resource to the seventh terminal device.
  • the processor 610 is configured to control the transceiver 620 to send the tenth indication information to the seventh terminal device, where the tenth indication information is used to indicate that the seventh terminal device sends the probe signal.
  • the processor 610 is configured to allocate a second radio resource to the seventh terminal device, so that the seventh terminal device sends the feedback information for the first data by using the second radio resource.
  • the processor 610 is configured to control the transceiver 620 to receive a third group broadcast signal, where the third group broadcast signal is periodically sent by a central group device of the third group, the third group broadcast The signal carries the group identifier of the third group and the device information of the central terminal device of the third group;
  • the processor 610 is configured to communicate with the central terminal device of the third group according to the third group broadcast signal, to determine the terminal device included in the third group, and to make the central terminal of the third group The device end device learns the terminal device included in the first group.
  • the processor 610 is configured to control the transceiver 620 to receive, by using the first radio resource, second data that is sent by the second terminal device, where the second data is data that needs to be sent to the eighth terminal device, where the eighth The terminal device belongs to the third group;
  • the processor 610 is configured to determine a third radio resource, where the third radio resource is allocated to the device 600 by the central terminal device of the third group;
  • the processor 610 is configured to control the transceiver 620 to send the second data to the central terminal device of the third group or the eighth terminal device by using the third radio resource.
  • the processor 610 is configured to control the transceiver 620 to receive third data sent by the central terminal device of the third group by using a fourth radio resource, where the fourth radio resource is a central terminal of the third group. Assigned by the device, the third data is data that needs to be sent to the second terminal device;
  • the processor 610 is configured to control the transceiver 620 to send the third data to the second terminal device by using the first radio resource.
  • the processor 610 is configured to receive, by using the first radio resource, the fourth data sent by the second terminal device, where the fourth data is data that needs to be sent to the network device;
  • the processor 610 is configured to control the transceiver 620 to send the fourth data to the network device.
  • the processor 610 is configured to control the transceiver 620 to receive fifth data sent by the network device, where the fifth data is data that needs to be sent to the second terminal device;
  • the processor 610 is configured to control the transceiver 620 to send the fifth data to the second terminal device by using the first radio resource.
  • the processor 610 is configured to control the transceiver 620 to send a third request message, where the third request message is used to indicate that the device 600 requests to change the central terminal device of the first group;
  • the processor 610 is configured to control the transceiver 620 to receive a fourth request message sent by the ninth terminal device, where the ninth terminal device belongs to the member terminal device of the first group, and the fourth request message is used to indicate the ninth
  • the terminal device requests the central terminal device as the first group, and the fourth request message is sent by the ninth terminal device according to the third request message;
  • the processor 610 is configured to determine, according to the fourth request message, the ninth terminal device as the central terminal device of the first group.
  • the processor 610 is configured to determine that the current power is less than or equal to a preset threshold
  • the processor 610 is configured to determine that a distance between each member terminal device in the first group meets a preset condition; or
  • the processor 610 is configured to interrupt the communication connection with the network device.
  • the apparatus 600 for inter-device communication may correspond to a first terminal device (for example, the terminal device A) in the method of the embodiment of the present invention, and each of the devices 600 for inter-device communication
  • the unit that is, the module and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively implemented in order to implement the corresponding process of the method 200 in FIG. 2, and are not described herein again for brevity.
  • An apparatus for inter-device communication by causing at least two terminal devices to negotiate to determine a central terminal device and a member terminal device in a group, the central terminal device in the group can be in the group
  • the member terminal device allocates radio resources for inter-device communication, so that even without the cooperation of the cellular network (for example, existing V2V communication technology, or D2D communication technology without network device coverage)
  • the resource scheduling can be realized, thereby effectively avoiding collision problems caused by shared resources, improving the success rate of communication between devices, reducing communication delay, expanding communication capacity between devices, and improving communication reliability between devices.
  • FIG. 8 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 700 for inter-device communication, as shown in FIG. 8, including a processor 710 and a transceiver 720, a processor 710 and a transceiver 720, in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the device 700 also includes a memory 730 that is coupled to the processor 710.
  • the device 700 includes a bus system 740.
  • the processor 710, the memory 730, and the transceiver 720 can be connected by a bus system 740.
  • the memory 730 can be used to store instructions for executing the instructions stored in the memory 730 to control the transceiver 720 to send information or signal,
  • the processor 710 is configured to determine that the device 700 is a member terminal device of the first group, where the first group includes a central terminal device and at least one member terminal device;
  • the processor 710 is configured to control the transceiver 720 to perform inter-device communication by using the first radio resource allocated by the central terminal device of the first group.
  • the processor 710 is configured to generate a second sequence.
  • the processor 710 is configured to control the transceiver 720 to send second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the second sequence and device information of the device 700, where one device information is used to uniquely indicate a terminal device;
  • the processor 710 is configured to control the transceiver 720 to receive the first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the first sequence generated by the first terminal device and the device information of the first terminal device;
  • the processor 710 is configured to determine, when the relationship between the first sequence and the second sequence meets a preset condition, that the device 700 is a member terminal device of the first group.
  • the processor 710 is configured to determine, when the relationship between the first sequence and the second sequence meets a preset condition, that the first terminal device is the central terminal device of the first group.
  • the processor 710 is configured to control the transceiver 720 to send the second detection signal, so that the first terminal device sends after determining that the received signal strength of the second detection signal is greater than or equal to the first preset strength.
  • the first indication information, or the first terminal device sends the first terminal device after determining that the distance between the first terminal device and the device 700 determined based on the received second detection signal is less than or equal to a first preset distance First indication information.
  • the processor 710 is configured to control the transceiver 720 to receive a first detection signal, where the first detection signal is sent by the first terminal device;
  • the processor 710 is configured to control the transceiver 720 to send the second indication information after determining that the received signal strength of the first detection signal is greater than or equal to the first preset strength; or
  • the processor 710 is configured to determine a distance between the first terminal device and the device 700 based on the received first detection signal, and determine that a distance between the first terminal device and the device 700 is less than or equal to the first After the preset distance, the transceiver 720 is controlled to send the second indication information.
  • the first sequence is determined by the first terminal device according to the device information of the first terminal device, and
  • the processor 710 is configured to generate a second sequence according to the device information of the device 700.
  • the processor 710 is configured to control the transceiver 720 to receive the first terminal device to send third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device requests the central terminal device.
  • the processor 710 is configured to control the transceiver 720 to send fourth indication information when determining that the relationship between the first sequence and the second sequence meets the preset condition, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the The device 700 agrees that the first terminal device is the central terminal device of the first group.
  • the processor 710 is configured to control the transceiver 720 to receive the sixth indication information that is sent by the first terminal device, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate the intra-group identifier that is allocated by the first terminal device to the device 700.
  • the processor 710 is configured to control the transceiver 720 to receive the sixth indication information that is sent by the first terminal device, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate the intra-group identifier that is allocated by the first terminal device to the device 700.
  • the processor 710 is configured to control the transceiver 720 to perform inter-device communication by using the first radio resource allocated by the central terminal device of the first group based on the intra-group identifier.
  • the processor 710 is configured to control the transceiver 720 to receive the first terminal device period. And a first group broadcast signal, where the first group broadcast signal carries the group identifier of the first group and the device information of the first terminal device, where the group identifier of the first group is The first terminal device determines that a group identifier is used to uniquely indicate a device group.
  • the processor 710 is configured to control the transceiver 720 to send the first request message to the first terminal device after determining that the received signal strength of the first group broadcast signal is greater than or equal to the second preset strength. ;or
  • the processor 710 is configured to, after determining that the distance between the first terminal device and the device 700 determined based on the received first group broadcast signal is less than or equal to a second preset distance, control the transceiver 720 to The first terminal device sends a first request message;
  • the first request message carries the device information of the device 700, and the first request message is used to indicate that the device 700 requests to join the first group.
  • the processor 710 is configured to: after determining that the received signal strength of the first group broadcast signal is less than the second preset strength, or determining the determined based on the received first group broadcast signal
  • the transceiver 720 is controlled to send a second request message to the first terminal device, where the second request message is used to indicate the second member terminal. The device requests to exit the first group.
  • the processor 710 is configured to: after determining the member terminal device that is the first group, control the transceiver 720 to send a heartbeat signal to the first terminal device according to a preset period;
  • the processor 710 is configured to control the transceiver 720 to stop sending the heartbeat signal after determining that the received signal strength of the first group broadcast signal is less than a second preset strength; or
  • the processor 710 is configured to control the transceiver 720 to stop sending the heartbeat after determining that the distance between the first terminal device and the device 700 determined based on the received first group broadcast signal is greater than a second preset distance. signal.
  • the processor 710 is configured to control the transceiver 720 to send the first data to the seventh terminal device in the first group by using the first radio resource.
  • the processor 710 is configured to control the transceiver 720 to send the second data to the first terminal device by using the first radio resource, where the second data is data that needs to be sent to the eighth terminal device, where the Eight terminal devices belong to the third group.
  • the processor 710 is configured to control the transceiver 720 to receive the third data sent by the first terminal device by using the first radio resource, where the third data is sent by the central terminal device of the third group.
  • the third data that the wireless resource sends to the first terminal device, the fourth wireless resource It is allocated by the central terminal device of the third group.
  • the processor 710 is configured to control, by the transceiver 720, the third data sent by the central terminal device of the third group by using the fourth wireless resource, where the fourth wireless resource is a central terminal device allocation of the third group. of.
  • the processor 710 is configured to control the transceiver 720 to send fourth data to the first terminal device by using the first radio resource, where the fourth data is data that needs to be sent to the network device.
  • the processor 710 is configured to control the transceiver 720 to receive the fifth data sent by the first terminal device by using the first radio resource, where the fifth data is sent by the network device to the first terminal device.
  • the processor 710 is configured to control the transceiver 720 to receive the third request message sent by the first terminal device, where the third request message is used to indicate that the first terminal device requests to change the central terminal of the first group. device;
  • the processor 710 is configured to send, according to the third request message, a fourth request message to the first terminal device, where the fourth request message is used to indicate that the device 700 requests the central terminal device that is the first group.
  • the apparatus 700 for inter-device communication may correspond to a second terminal device (for example, the terminal device B) in the method of the embodiment of the present invention, and each of the devices 700 for inter-device communication
  • the unit that is, the module and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively implemented in order to implement the corresponding process of the method 300 in FIG. 4, and are not described herein again for brevity.
  • An apparatus for inter-device communication by causing at least two terminal devices to negotiate to determine a central terminal device and a member terminal device in a group, the central terminal device in the group can be in the group
  • the member terminal device allocates radio resources for inter-device communication, so that even without the cooperation of the cellular network (for example, existing V2V communication technology, or D2D communication technology without network device coverage)
  • the resource scheduling can be realized, thereby effectively avoiding collision problems caused by shared resources, improving the success rate of communication between devices, reducing communication delay, expanding communication capacity between devices, and improving communication reliability between devices.
  • the processor may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities.
  • each step of the foregoing method embodiment may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or an instruction in a form of software.
  • the above processor may be a general purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), or an application specific integrated circuit (Application Specific) Integrated Circuit (ASIC), Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware component.
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • ASIC Application Specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array
  • the general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention may be directly implemented as a hardware decoding processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and combines the hardware to complete the steps of the above method.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present invention may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory may be a read-only memory (ROM), a programmable read only memory (PROM), an erasable programmable read only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), or an electric Erase programmable read only memory (EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory can be a Random Access Memory (RAM) that acts as an external cache.
  • RAM Random Access Memory
  • many forms of RAM are available, such as static random access memory (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (Synchronous DRAM).
  • SDRAM Double Data Rate SDRAM
  • DDR SDRAM Double Data Rate SDRAM
  • ESDRAM Enhanced Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory
  • SLDRAM Synchronous Connection Dynamic Random Access Memory
  • DR RAM direct memory bus random access memory
  • the size of the sequence numbers of the above processes does not mean the order of execution, and the order of execution of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not be taken to the embodiments of the present invention.
  • the implementation process constitutes any limitation.
  • the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other manners.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of the unit is only a logical function division.
  • there may be another division manner for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be in an electrical, mechanical or other form.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions may be stored in a computer readable storage medium if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product.
  • the technical solution of the present invention which is essential or contributes to the prior art, or a part of the technical solution, may be embodied in the form of a software product, which is stored in a storage medium, including
  • the instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present invention.
  • the foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk, or an optical disk, and the like. .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Multimedia (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

提供一种用于设备间通信的方法和装置，该方法包括：第一终端设备确定作为第一群组的中心终端设备，其中，该第一群组包括该中心终端设备和至少一个成员终端设备；该第一终端设备为第二终端设备分配第一无线资源，以便于该第二终端设备根据该第一无线资源进行设备间通信，其中，该第二终端设备属于该第一群组中的成员终端设备，能够提高设备间通信的效率和可靠性。

Description

用于设备间通信的方法和装置 技术领域
本发明涉及通信领域，并且更具体地，涉及用于设备间通信的方法和装置。
背景技术
随着通信技术的发展设备间通信技术，例如，设备对设备(D2D，Device-to-Device)通信技术和车对车(V2V，vehicle to vehicle)通信技术等，已经成为无线通信技术发展的热门领域。
目前，在没有蜂窝网络的配合的情况下(例如，现有的V2V通信技术，或者，没有网络设备覆盖的D2D通信技术)，只能采用例如，先听后说(LBT，Listen-before-talk)等方式进行资源调度，以避免资源冲突，但是，该调度方式效率较低，随着终端数量的增加，终端间传输碰撞的可能性增大，通信的时延会逐渐增大，传输成功率会逐渐降低，从而严重影响了设备间通信的效率和可靠性。
因此，希望提供一种技术，能够提高设备间通信的效率和可靠性。
发明内容
本发明提供一种用于设备间通信的方法和装置，能够提高设备间通信的效率和可靠性。
第一方面，提供了一种用于设备间通信的方法，该方法包括：第一终端设备确定作为第一群组的中心终端设备，其中，该第一群组包括该中心终端设备和至少一个成员终端设备；该第一终端设备为第二终端设备分配第一无线资源，以便于该第二终端设备根据该第一无线资源进行设备间通信，其中，该第二终端设备属于该第一群组中的成员终端设备。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的第一种实现方式中，该第一终端设备确定作为第一群组的中心终端设备，包括：该第一终端设备生成第一序列；该第一终端设备发送第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该第一序列以及该第一终端设备的设备信息，其中，一个设备信息用于唯一地指示一个终端设备；该第一终端设备接收至少一个第二指示信息，该至少一个第二指示信息 与至少一个第三终端设备一一对应，每个第二指示信息用于指示所对应的第三终端设备生成的第二序列以及所对应的第三终端设备的设备信息；在该第一序列与该第二序列之间的关系满足预设条件时，该第一终端设备确定第一终端设备作为该第一群组的中心终端设备。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第二种实现方式中，该方法还包括：在该第一序列与该第二序列之间的关系满足预设条件时，该第一终端设备确定该第三终端设备属于该第一群组的成员终端设备。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第三种实现方式中，该方法还包括：该第一终端设备发送第一探测信号，以便于该第三终端设备在确定所接收到的第一探测信号的信号强度大于或等于第一预设强度之后发送该第二指示信息，或者，该第三终端设备在确定基于所接收到的第一探测信号确定的该第一终端设备与该第二终端设备之间的距离小于或等于第一预设距离之后发送该第二指示信息。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第四种实现方式中，该第一终端设备发送第一指示信息，包括：该第一终端设备接收第二探测信号，该第二探测信号是该第三终端设备发送的；该第一终端设备在确定所接收到的第二探测信号的信号强度大于或等于第一预设强度之后，发送该第一指示信息；或者该第一终端设备基于所接收到的第二探测信号确定该第一终端设备与该第三终端设备之间的距离，并在确定该第一终端设备与该第三终端设备之间的距离小于或等于第一预设距离之后，发送第一指示信息。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第五种实现方式中，该第二序列是该第三终端设备根据该第三终端设备的设备信息确定的，以及该第一终端生成第一序列，包括：该第一终端设备根据该第一终端设备的设备信息，生成第一序列。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第六种实现方式中，在该第一终端设备确定第一终端设备作为该第一群组的中心终端设备之前，该方法还包括：在该第一序列与该第二序列之间的关系满足预设条件时，该第一终端设备发送第三指示信息，该第三指示信息用于指示该第一终端设备请求作为中心终端设备。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第七种实现方式中，该第一终端设备确定第一终端设备作为该第一群组的中心终端设备，包括：第 一终端设备接收第四指示信息，该第四指示信息用于指示该第三终端设备同意第一终端设备作为该第一群组的中心终端设备，该第四指示信息是该第三终端设备在确定该第一序列与该第二序列之间的关系满足该预设条件时发送的；第一终端设备根据该第四指示信息，确定第一终端设备为该第一群组的中心终端设备，并确定该第三终端设备属于该成员终端设备。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第八种实现方式中，该第四指示信息还用于指示该第一序列。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第九种实现方式中，该第一终端设备确定第一终端设备作为该第一群组的中心终端设备，包括：该第一终端设备在确定发送该第三指示信息之后的预设时段T内未接收到第五指示信息时，确定第一终端设备为该第一群组的中心终端设备，并确定该第三终端设备属于该成员终端设备，其中，该第五指示信息用于指示该第三终端设备不同意该第一终端设备作为该第一群组的中心终端设备。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第十种实现方式中，该方法还包括：该第一终端设备在该预设时段T之后接收到该第五指示信息时，确定该第三终端设备不属于该第一群组。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第十一种实现方式中，在该第一终端设备确定第一终端设备作为该第一群组的中心终端设备之前，该方法还包括：该第一终端设备在确定发送该第三指示信息之后的预设时段T内接收到第五指示信息时，重新发送该第一指示信息，其中，该第五指示信息用于指示该第三终端设备不同意第一终端设备作为该第一群组的中心终端设备。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第十二种实现方式中，该第五指示信息是该第三终端设备在确定该第一指示信息接收错误之后发送的，以及该第五指示信息还用于指示该第一指示信息中接收错误的部分。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第十三种实现方式中，该方法还包括：该第一终端设备为该第一群组中的每个终端设备分配组内标识，其中，一个组内标识用于唯一地指示该第一群组中的一个终端设备；该第一终端设备发送第六指示信息，该第六指示信息用于指示该第一群组中的每个终端设备的组内标识，以便于该第一群组中的各终端设备之间基于该组内标识进行设备间通信。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第十四种实现方式中，该方法还包括：第一终端设备确定该第一群组的群组标识，其中，一个群组标识用于指示一个设备群组；该第一终端设备周期性发送第一群组广播信号，该第一群组广播信号携带有该第一群组的群组标识以及该第一终端设备的设备信息。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第十五种实现方式中，该方法还包括：第一终端设备检测至少一个第二群组广播信号，该至少一个第二群组广播信号与至少一个第二群组一一对应，每个第二群组广播信号是所对应的第二群组的中心终端设备周期性发送的，每个第二群组广播信号承载有所对应的第二群组的群组标识以及所对应的第二群组的中心终端设备的设备信息；该第一终端设备在确定该第二群组的群组标识与该第一群组的群组标识相同时，变更该第一群组的群组标识；或者该第一终端设备在确定该第二群组的群组标识与该第一群组的群组标识相同时，发送第九指示信息，该第九指示信息用于指示该第二群组的中心终端设备变更该第二群组的群组标识。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第十六种实现方式中，该方法还包括：该第一终端设备接收第四终端设备发送的第一请求消息，该第一请求消息携带有该第四终端设备的设备信息，该第一请求消息用于指示该第四终端设备请求加入该第一群组，该第一请求消息是该第二终端设备在确定所接收到的第一群组广播信号的信号强度大于或等于第二预设强度之后发送的，或者，该第一请求消息是该第二终端设备在确定基于所接收到的第一群组广播信号确定的该第一终端设备与该第四终端设备之间的距离小于或等于第二预设距离之后发送的；该第一终端设备根据该第一请求消息，确定该第四终端设备属于该第一群组的成员终端设备。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第十七种实现方式中，该方法还包括：
该第一终端设备接收该第一群组中的第五终端设备发送的第二请求消息，该第五终端设备属于该第一群组的成员终端设备，该第二请求消息用于指示该第五终端设备请求退出该第一群组，该第二请求消息是该第五终端设备在确定所接收到的第一群组广播信号的信号强度小于第二预设强度之后发送的，或者，该第二请求消息是该第五终端设备在确定基于所接收到的第 一群组广播信号确定的该第一终端设备与该第五终端设备之间的距离大于第二预设距离之后发送的；该第一终端设备根据该第二请求消息，确定第五终端设备不属于该第一群组的成员终端设备。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第十八种实现方式中，该方法还包括：该第一终端设备检测第六终端设备发送的心跳信号，该第六终端设备属于该第一群组的成员终端设备，该心跳信号携带有该第六终端设备的设备信息，该心跳信号是该第六终端设备在确定作为该第一群组的成员终端设备之后按照预设或者由第一终端设备配置的周期发送的；该第一终端设备在确定预设时长内未正确接收到该心跳信号时，确定该第六终端设备不再属于该第一群组的成员终端设备，其中，该预设时长大于或等于该预设周期的时长，该第六终端设备在确定所接收到的第一群组广播信号的信号强度小于第二预设强度之后停止发送该心跳信号，或者，该第六终端设备在确定基于所接收到的第一群组广播信号确定的该第一终端设备与该第六终端设备之间的距离大于第二预设距离之后停止发送该心跳信号。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第十九种实现方式中，该第一无线资源具体用于该第二终端设备向该第一群组中的第七终端设备发送第一数据。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第二十种实现方式中，该方法还包括：该第一终端设备向该第七终端设备发送该第一无线资源的指示信息。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第二十一种实现方式中，该方法还包括：该第一终端设备向该第七终端设备发送第十指示信息，该第十指示信息用于指示该第七终端设备发送探测信号。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第二十二种实现方式中，该方法还包括：该第一终端设备为该第七终端设备分配第二无线资源，以便于该第七终端设备通过该第二无线资源发送针对该第一数据的反馈信息。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第二十三种实现方式中，该方法还包括：第一终端设备接收第三群组广播信号，该第三群组广播信号是第三群组的中心终端设备周期性发送的，该第三群组广播信号承载有该第三群组的群组标识以及该第三群组的中心终端设备的设备信息；该第一 终端设备根据该第三群组广播信号，与该第三群组的中心终端设备进行通信，以确定该第三群组包括的终端设备，并使该第三群组的中心终端设备端设备获知该第一群组包括的终端设备。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第二十四种实现方式中，该方法还包括：该第一终端设备通过第一无线资源接收该第二终端设备发送的第二数据，该第二数据是需要发送至第八终端设备的数据，该第八终端设备属于该第三群组；该第一终端设备确定第三无线资源，该第三无线资源是该第三群组的中心终端设备分配给该第一终端设备的；该第一终端设备通过该第三无线资源向该第三群组的中心终端设备或该第八终端设备发送该第二数据。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第二十五种实现方式中，该方法还包括：该第一终端设备通过第四无线资源接收该第三群组的中心终端设备发送的第三数据，该第四无线资源是该第三群组的中心终端设备分配的，该第三数据是需要发送至该第二终端设备的数据；该第一终端设备通过第一无线资源向该第二终端设备发送该第三数据。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第二十六种实现方式中，该方法还包括：该第一终端设备通过第一无线资源接收该第二终端设备发送的第四数据，该第四数据是需要发送至网络设备的数据；该第一终端设备向该网络设备发送该第四数据。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第二十七种实现方式中，该方法还包括：该第一终端设备接收网络设备发送的第五数据，该第五数据是需要发送至该第二终端设备的数据；该第一终端设备通过第一无线资源向该第二终端设备发送该第五数据。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第二十八种实现方式中，该方法还包括：该第一终端设备发送第三请求消息，该第三请求消息用于指示该第一终端设备请求变更该第一群组的中心终端设备；该第一终端设备接收第九终端设备发送的第四请求消息，该第九终端设备属于该第一群组的成员终端设备，该第四请求消息用于指示该第九终端设备请求作为该第一群组的中心终端设备，该第四请求消息是该第九终端设备根据该第三请求消息发送的；该第一终端设备根据该第四请求消息，确定该第九终端设备作为该第一群组的中心终端设备。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第二十九种实现方式中，在该第一终端设备发送第三请求消息之前，该方法还包括：该第一终端设备确定当前电量小于或等于预设阈值；或该第一终端设备确定与该第一群组中的各成员终端设备之间的距离满足预设条件；或该第一终端设备与网络设备之间的通信连接中断。
第二方面，提供了一种用于设备间通信的方法，该方法包括：该方法包括：第二终端设备确定作为第一群组的成员终端设备，其中，该第一群组包括中心终端设备和至少一个成员终端设备；该第二终端设备通过该第一群组的中心终端设备分配的第一无线资源进行设备间通信。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的第一种实现方式中，该第一终端设备确定作为第一群组的中心终端设备，包括：该第二终端设备生成第二序列；该第二终端设备发送第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该第二序列以及该第二终端设备的设备信息，其中，一个设备信息用于唯一地指示一个终端设备；该第二终端设备接收第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示第一终端设备生成的第一序列以及该第一终端设备的设备信息；在该第一序列与该第二序列之间的关系满足预设条件时，该第二终端设备确定第二终端设备作为该第一群组的成员终端设备。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的第二种实现方式中，该方法还包括：在该第一序列与该第二序列之间的关系满足预设条件时，该第二终端设备确定该第一终端设备为该第一群组的中心终端设备。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的第三种实现方式中，该方法还包括：该第二终端设备发送第二探测信号，以便于该第一终端设备在确定所接收到的第二探测信号的信号强度大于或等于第一预设强度之后发送该第一指示信息，或者，该第一终端设备在确定基于所接收到的第二探测信号确定的该第一终端设备与该第二终端设备之间的距离小于或等于第一预设距离之后发送该第一指示信息。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的第四种实现方式中，该第二终端设备发送第二指示信息，包括：该第二终端设备接收第一探测信号，该第一探测信号是该第一终端设备发送的；该第二终端设备在确定所接收到的第一探测信号的信号强度大于或等于第一预设强度之后，发送该第二指示信息；或者该第二终端设备基于所接收到的第一探测信号确定该第一终端设 备与该第二终端设备之间的距离，并在确定该第一终端设备与该第二终端设备之间的距离小于或等于第一预设距离之后，发送第二指示信息。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的第五种实现方式中，该第一序列是该第一终端设备根据该第一终端设备的设备信息确定的，以及该第二终端生成第二序列，包括：该第二终端设备根据该第二终端设备的设备信息，生成第二序列。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的第六种实现方式中，在该第二终端设备确定第二终端设备作为该第一群组的成员终端设备之前，该方法还包括：该第二终端设备接收该第一终端设备发送第三指示信息，该第三指示信息用于指示该第一终端设备请求作为中心终端设备。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的第七种实现方式中，该方法还包括：该第二终端设备在确定该第一序列与该第二序列之间的关系满足该预设条件时发送第四指示信息，该第四指示信息用于指示该第二终端设备同意第一终端设备作为该第一群组的中心终端设备。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的第八种实现方式中，该方法还包括：该第二终端设备接收该第一终端设备发送的第六指示信息，该第六指示信息用于指示该第一终端设备为该第二终端设备分配的组内标识；以及该第二终端设备通过该第一群组的中心终端设备分配的第一无线资源进行设备间通信，包括：该第二终端设备基于该组内标识，通过该第一群组的中心终端设备分配的第一无线资源进行设备间通信。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的第九种实现方式中，该方法还包括：第二终端设接收该第一终端设备周期性发送的第一群组广播信号，该第一群组广播信号携带有该第一群组的群组标识以及该第一终端设备的设备信息，其中，该第一群组的群组标识是该第一终端设备确定的，一个群组标识用于指示一个设备群组。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的第十种实现方式中，在第二终端设备确定作为第一群组的成员终端设备之前，该方法还包括：该第二终端设备在确定所接收到的第一群组广播信号的信号强度大于或等于第二预设强度之后，向该第一终端设备发送第一请求消息；或者该第二终端设备在确定基于所接收到的第一群组广播信号确定的该第一终端设备与该第二终端设备之间的距离小于或等于第二预设距离之后，向该第一终端设备发 送第一请求消息；其中，该第一请求消息携带有该第二终端设备的设备信息，该第一请求消息用于指示该第二终端设备请求加入该第一群组。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的第十一种实现方式中，该方法还包括：该第二终端设备在确定所接收到的第一群组广播信号的信号强度小于第二预设强度之后，或者，在确定基于所接收到的第一群组广播信号确定的该第一终端设备与该第二终端设备之间的距离大于第二预设距离之后，向该第一终端设备发送第二请求消息，该第二请求消息用于指示该第二成员终端设备请求退出该第一群组。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的第十二种实现方式中，该方法还包括：该第二终端设备在确定作为该第一群组的成员终端设备之后按照预设周期向该第一终端设备发送心跳信号；该第二终端设备在确定所接收到的第一群组广播信号的信号强度小于第二预设强度之后停止发送该心跳信号；或者该第二终端设备在确定基于所接收到的第一群组广播信号确定的该第一终端设备与该第二终端设备之间的距离大于第二预设距离之后停止发送该心跳信号。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的第十三种实现方式中，该第二终端设备通过该第一群组的中心终端设备分配的第一无线资源进行设备间通信，包括：该第二终端设备通过该第一无线资源向该第一群组中的第七终端设备发送第一数据。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的第十四种实现方式中，该第二终端设备通过该第一群组的中心终端设备分配的第一无线资源进行设备间通信，包括：该第二终端设备通过该第一无线资源向该第一终端设备发送第二数据，其中，该第二数据是需要发送至第八终端设备的数据，该第八终端设备属于第三群组。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的第十五种实现方式中，该第二终端设备通过该第一群组的中心终端设备分配的第一无线资源进行设备间通信，包括：该第二终端设备通过第一无线资源接收该第一终端设备发送的第三数据，其中，该第三数据是第三群组的中心终端设备发送通过第四无线资源发送给该第一终端设备的第三数据，该第四无线资源是该第三群组的中心终端设备分配的。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的第十六种实现方式中， 该方法还包括：该第二终端设备通过第四无线资源接收第三群组的中心终端设备发送的第三数据，该第四无线资源是该第三群组的中心终端设备分配的。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的第十七种实现方式中，该第二终端设备通过该第一群组的中心终端设备分配的第一无线资源进行设备间通信，包括：该第二终端设备通过该第一无线资源向该第一终端设备发送第四数据，该第四数据是需要发送至网络设备的数据。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的第十八种实现方式中，该第二终端设备通过该第一群组的中心终端设备分配的第一无线资源进行设备间通信，包括：该第二终端设备通过第一无线资源接收该第一终端设备发送的第五数据，该第五数据是网络设备发送给该第一终端设备的。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的第十九种实现方式中，该方法还包括：该第二终端设备接收该第一终端设备发送的第三请求消息，该第三请求消息用于指示该第一终端设备请求变更该第一群组的中心终端设备；该第二终端设备根据该第三请求消息，发送向该第一终端设备发送第四请求消息，该第四请求消息用于指示该第二终端设备请求作为该第一群组的中心终端设备。
第三方面，提供了一种用于设备间通信的装置，该装置包括用于实现上述第一方面以及第一方面的各实现方式的单元或模块。
第四方面，提供了一种用于设备间通信的装置，该装置包括用于实现上述第二方面以及第一方面的各实现方式的单元或模块。
第五方面，提供了一种计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品包括：计算机程序代码，当所述计算机程序代码被终端设备的接收单元、处理单元、发送单元或接收器、处理器、发送器运行时，使得所述终端设备执行上述第一方面及其各种实现方式中的任一种用于设备间通信的方法。
第六方面，提供了一种计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品包括：计算机程序代码，当所述计算机程序代码被终端设备的接收单元、处理单元、发送单元或接收器、处理器、发送器运行时，使得所述终端设备执行上述第二方面及其各种实现方式中的任一种用于设备间通信的方法。
第七方面，提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质存储有程序，所述程序使得用户设备执行上述第一方面及其各种实现方式中 的任一种用于设备间通信的方法。
第八方面，提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质存储有程序，所述程序使得用户设备执行上述第二方面及其各种实现方式中的任一种用于设备间通信的方法。
根据本发明实施例的用于设备间通信的方法和装置，通过使至少两个终端设备协商确定一个群组内的中心终端设备和成员终端设备，能够通过该群组内中心终端设备为该群组内的成员终端设备分配用于进行设备间通信的无线资源，从而，即使在没有蜂窝网络的配合的情况下(例如，现有的V2V通信技术，或者，没有网络设备覆盖的D2D通信技术)，也能够实现资源调度，从而能够有效的避免共享资源带来的碰撞问题，提高设备间通信的成功率、降低通信时延、扩大设备间通信的容量，提高设备间通信的效率和可靠性。
附图说明
为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例的技术方案，下面将对本发明实施例中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍，显而易见地，下面所描述的附图仅仅是本发明的一些实施例，对于本领域普通技术人员来讲，在不付出创造性劳动的前提下，还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。
图1是适用本发明实施例的用于设备间通信的方法和装置的通信系统的一例的示意性图。
图2是本发明一实施例的用于设备间通信的方法的示意性流程图。
图3是本发明一实施例的中心终端设备判定流程的示意图。
图4是本发明另一实施例的用于设备间通信的方法的示意性流程图。
图5是本发明一实施例的用于设备间通信的装置的示意性框图。
图6是本发明另一实施例的用于设备间通信的装置的示意性框图。
图7是本发明一实施例的用于设备间通信的设备的示意性结构图。
图8是本发明另一实施例的用于设备间通信的设备的示意性结构图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图，对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述，显然，所描述的实施例是本发明一部分实施例，而不是 全部的实施例。基于本发明中的实施例，本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例，都属于本发明保护的范围。
在本说明书中使用的术语“部件”、“模块”、“系统”等用于表示计算机相关的实体、硬件、固件、硬件和软件的组合、软件、或执行中的软件。例如，部件可以是但不限于，在处理器上运行的进程、处理器、对象、可执行文件、执行线程、程序和/或计算机。通过图示，在计算设备上运行的应用和计算设备都可以是部件。一个或多个部件可驻留在进程和/或执行线程中，部件可位于一个计算机上和/或分布在2个或更多个计算机之间。此外，这些部件可从在上面存储有各种数据结构的各种计算机可读介质执行。部件可例如根据具有一个或多个数据分组(例如来自与本地系统、分布式系统和/或网络间的另一部件交互的二个部件的数据，例如通过信号与其它系统交互的互联网)的信号通过本地和/或远程进程来通信。
本发明的各个方面或特征可以实现成方法、装置或使用标准编程和/或工程技术的制品。本申请中使用的术语“制品”涵盖可从任何计算机可读器件、载体或介质访问的计算机程序。例如，计算机可读介质可以包括，但不限于:磁存储器件(例如，硬盘、软盘或磁带等)，光盘(例如，CD(Compact Disk，压缩盘)、DVD(Digital Versatile Disk，数字通用盘)等)，智能卡和闪存器件(例如，EPROM(Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory，可擦写可编程只读存储器)、卡、棒或钥匙驱动器等)。另外，本文描述的各种存储介质可代表用于存储信息的一个或多个设备和/或其它机器可读介质。术语“机器可读介质”可包括但不限于，无线信道和能够存储、包含和/或承载指令和/或数据的各种其它介质。
本发明实施例的方案可以应用于现有的蜂窝通信系统，如全球移动通讯(英文全称可以为：Global System for Mobile Communication，英文简称可以为：GSM)，宽带码分多址(英文全称可以为：Wideband Code Division Multiple Access，英文简称可以为：WCDMA)，长期演进(英文全称可以为：Long Term Evolution，英文简称可以为：LTE)等系统中，所支持的通信主要是针对语音和数据通信的。通常来说，一个传统基站支持的连接数有限，也易于实现。
下一代移动通信系统将不仅支持传统的通信，还将支持M2M(英文全称可以为：Machine to Machine)通信，或者叫做MTC(英文全称可以为：Machine Type Communication)通信。根据预测，到2020年，连接在网络上 的MTC设备将会达到500到1000亿，这将远超现在的连接数。对M2M类业务，由于其业务种类千差万别，对网络需求存在很大差异。大致来说，会存在如下几种需求：
可靠传输，但对时延不敏感；
低延迟，高可靠传输。
对可靠传输，而对时延不敏感业务，较容易处理。但是，对低延迟、高可靠传输类的业务，不仅要求传输时延短，而且要求可靠，比如V2V(英文全称为：Vehicle to Vehicle)业务或V2X(英文全称为：Vehicle to Everything)业务。如果传输不可靠，会导致重传而造成传输时延过大，不能满足要求。根据本发明实施例的方案能够有效解决传输的可靠性问题。
可选地，该终端设备为用户设备。
本发明结合终端设备描述了各个实施例。终端设备也可以称为用户设备(UE，User Equipment)、移动台、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置等。终端设备可以是WLAN(Wireless Local Area Networks，无线局域网)中的ST(STAION，站点)，可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、SIP(Session Initiation Protocol，会话启动协议)电话、WLL(Wireless Local Loop，无线本地环路)站、PDA(Personal Digital Assistant，个人数字处理)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及未来5G网络中的移动台或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的终端设备等。
此外，在本发明实施例中，终端设备还可以包括中继(Relay)等，其他能够和接入网设备(例如，基站)进行数据通信的设备。
另外，在本发明实施例中，接入网设备可以是用于与移动台通信的设备，接入网设备可以是WLAN(Wireless Local Area Networks，无线局域网)中的AP(ACCESS POINT，接入点)，GSM或CDMA(Code Division Multiple Access，码分多址)中的BTS(Base Transceiver Station，基站)，也可以是WCDMA中的NB(NodeB，基站)，还可以是LTE(Long Term Evolution，长期演进)中的eNB或eNodeB(Evolutional Node B，演进型基站)，或者中继站或接入点，或者车载设备、可穿戴设备以及未来5G网络中的接入网设备或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的接入网设备等。
图1是适用本发明实施例的用于设备间通信的方法和装置的通信系统100的示意图。如图1所示，该通信系统100包括至少两个终端设备，例如图1中的终端设备110和终端设备120，其中，终端设备110和终端设备120可以是例如蜂窝电话、智能电话、便携式电脑、手持通信设备、手持计算设备、卫星无线电装置、全球定位系统、PDA和/或用于在无线通信系统100上通信的任意其它适合设备。
在给定时间，终端设备110和终端设备120可以是无线通信发送装置和/或无线通信接收装置。当发送数据时，无线通信发送装置可对数据进行编码以用于传输。具体地，无线通信发送装置可获取(例如生成、从其它通信装置接收、或在存储器中保存等)要通过信道发送至无线通信接收装置的一定数目的数据比特。这种数据比特可包含在数据的传输块(或多个传输块)中，传输块可被分段以产生多个码块。
应理解，以上列举的通信系统100包括的终端设备的数量仅为示例性说明，本发明并未限定于此，通信系统100所包括的终端设备的数量可以为大于1的任意整数。
此外，该通信系统100可以是公共陆地移动网络(英文全称可以为：Public Land Mobile Network，英文简称可以为：PLMN)网络或者D2D网络或者M2M网络或者V2V网络或者V2X网络或者其他网络，图1只是举例的简化示意图，网络中还可以包括其他网络设备，图1中未予以画出。例如，通信系统100还可以包括接入网设备(图1中未示出)。
其中，接入网设备可包括多个天线。另外，接入网设备可附加地包括发射机链和接收机链，本领域普通技术人员可以理解，它们均可包括与信号发送和接收相关的多个部件(例如处理器、调制器、复用器、解调器、解复用器或天线等)。
接入网设备可以与多个终端设备(例如终端设备110和终端设备120)通信。然而，可以理解，接入网设备可以与类似于终端设备110或120的任意数目的终端设备通信。
并且，接入网设备可以配置有多个天线，并且，例如，接入网设备可以通过一个天线，基于前向链路向终端设备110发送信息，并通过反向链路从终端设备110接收信息。并且，接入网设备还可以通过另一个天线，基于前向链路向终端设备120发送信息，并通过反向链路从终端设备120接收信息
例如，在频分双工(FDD，Frequency Division Duplex)系统中，同一终端设备所使用的前向链路和反向链路可以使用不同频带。
再例如，在时分双工(TDD，Time Division Duplex)系统和全双工(Full Duplex)系统中，同一终端设备所使用的前向链路和反向链路可使用共同频带。
其中，接入网设备被设计用于通信的每个天线(或者由多个天线组成的天线组)和/或区域称为接入网设备的扇区。例如，可将天线组设计为与接入网设备覆盖区域的扇区中的终端设备通信。在接入网设备通过前向链路分别与终端设备进行通信的过程中，接入网设备的发射天线可利用波束成形来改善前向链路的信噪比。此外，与接入网设备通过单个天线向它所有的终端设备发送信号的方式相比，在接入网设备利用波束成形向相关覆盖区域中随机分散的终端设备发送信号时，相邻小区中的移动设备会受到较少的干扰。
在给定时间，接入网设备可以是无线通信发送装置和/或无线通信接收装置。当发送数据时，无线通信发送装置可对数据进行编码以用于传输。具体地，无线通信发送装置可获取(例如生成、从其它通信装置接收、或在存储器中保存等)要通过信道发送至无线通信接收装置的一定数目的数据比特。这种数据比特可包含在数据的传输块(或多个传输块)中，传输块可被分段以产生多个码块。
下面，对本发明实施例中设备间通信所使用的频域资源进行说明。
可选地，在本发明实施例中，终端设备能够使用免授权频谱资源(或者说，免许可频段)进行无线通信(例如，传输上行信息或传输下行信息)，即，本发明实施例的通信系统100是能够使用免授权频段的通信系统，作为示例而非限定，该通信系统100可以采用免授权载波上的长期演进系统LAA-LTE(Licensed-Assisted Access Using LTE)技术，或者，也可以采用支持该通信系统在免授权频段独立部署的技术例如Standalone LTE over unlicensed spectrum，或者，也可以采用LTE-U(LTE-U，LTE Advanced in Unlicensed Spectrums)技术，例如，通信系统100可以将LTE系统独立部署到免授权频段，进而在免授权频段上采用LTE空口协议完成通信，该系统不包括授权频段。部署在免授权频段的LTE系统可以利用集中调度、干扰协调、自适应请求重传(HARQ)等技术，相对于Wi-Fi等接入技术，该技术具有更好的鲁棒性，可以获得更高的频谱效率，提供更大的覆盖范围以及更 好的用户体验。
免授权频谱资源是指无需系统分配，各个通信设备可以共享使用免许可频谱包括的资源。免许可频段上的资源共享是指对特定频谱的使用只规定发射功率、带外泄露等指标上的限制，以保证共同使用该频段的多个设备之间满足基本的共存要求，运营商利用免许可频段资源可以达到网络容量分流的目的，但是需要遵从不同的地域和不同的频谱对免许可频段资源的法规要求。这些要求通常是为保护雷达等公共系统，以及保证多系统尽可能互相之间不造成有害影响、公平共存而制定的，包括发射功率限制、带外泄露指标、室内外使用限制，以及有的地域还有一些附加的共存策略等。例如，各通信设备能够采用竞争方式或者监听方式，例如，先听后说(LBT，Listen Before Talk)规定的方式使用的频谱资源。
作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中，该免授权频谱资源可以包括5GHz附近的约900MHz的频段，2.4GHz频段附近约90MHz的频段。
此外，在本发明实施例中，终端设备还可以使用授权频谱资源进行无线通信，即，本发明实施例的通信系统100是能够使用授权频段的通信系统。
授权频谱资源一般需要国家或者地方无线委员会审批才可以使用的频谱资源，不同系统例如LTE系统与WiFi系统，或者，不同运营商包括的系统不可以共享使用授权频谱资源。
在例如，LTE等系统中，载波上可以同时有多个小区同频工作，可以认为载波与小区的概念等同。例如在CA场景下，当为UE配置主载波、辅载波时，会同时携带该载波的载波索引和工作在该载波的小区的小区标识(Cell ID，Cell Indentify)，在这种情况下，可以认为载波与小区的概念等同，比如终端设备接入一个载波和接入一个小区是等同的。即，在本发明实施例的描述中，“小区”也可以替换为“载波”。
图2示出了从中心终端设备角度描述的本发明一实施例的用于设备间通信的方法200的示意性流程图。
如图2所示，该方法200包括：
S210，第一终端设备确定作为第一群组的中心终端设备，其中，该第一群组包括该中心终端设备和至少一个成员终端设备；
S220，该第一终端设备为第二终端设备分配第一无线资源，以便于该第二终端设备根据该第一无线资源进行设备间通信，其中，该第二终端设备属 于该第一群组中的成员终端设备。
在本发明实施例中，多个(至少两个)终端设备可以协商确定一个群组，并确定该群组的中心终端设备和成员终端设备，下面，为了便于理解和说明，不失一般性，以终端设备A(即，第一终端设备的一例)和终端设备B(即，第二终端设备或第三终端设备的一例)进行上述协商的过程为例，进行说明。
图3是本发明一实施例的中心终端设备判定流程的示意图。如图3所示，在本发明实施例中，上述群组确定过程可以包括发现过程，即：
可选地，该方法还包括：
该第一终端设备发送第一探测信号，以便于该第三终端设备在确定所接收到的第一探测信号的信号强度大于或等于第一预设强度之后发送该第二指示信息，或者，该第三终端设备在确定基于所接收到的第一探测信号确定的该第一终端设备与该第二终端设备之间的距离小于或等于第一预设距离之后发送该第二指示信息。
并且，可选地，该第一终端设备发送第一指示信息，包括：
该第一终端设备接收第二探测信号，该第二探测信号是该第三终端设备发送的；
该第一终端设备在确定所接收到的第二探测信号的信号强度大于或等于第一预设强度之后，发送该第一指示信息；或者
该第一终端设备基于所接收到的第二探测信号确定该第一终端设备与该第三终端设备之间的距离，并在确定该第一终端设备与该第三终端设备之间的距离小于或等于第一预设距离之后，发送第一指示信息。
具体地说，在本发明实施例中，未加入群组的终端设备(例如，终端设备A和终端设备B)可以在规定的频域资源(以下，为了便于理解和区分，记做：频域资源1)上按照预设的周期(以下，为了便于理解和区分，记做：周期T1)，发送具有规定格式的发现信号(也可以称为探测信号)，并且，作为示例而非限定，该发现信号可以为信标信号(beacon signal)，并且，未加入群组的终端设备在不发送发现信号时，可以在该频域资源1上监听其他未加入群组的终端设备发出的信标信号发现信号。从而，未加入群组的终端设备可以基于该发现信号发现彼此，并进行后续群组建立过程(随后进行详细说明)。
可选地，在本发明实施例中，上述周期T1可以是动态变化的，例如， 每经过规定的时长，按照规定的步长，对该时间周期T1进行增加或者减少。
另外，在本发明实施例中，可以规定周期T1所变化的范围，即，可以使周期T1仅在规定的范围内动态变化。
可选地，在本发明实施例中，该发现信号可以承载终端设备的位置的指示信息，并且，作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中，各终端设备可以通过例如，全球定位系统(GPS，Global Positioning System)等卫星定位系统进行定位，进而确定终端设备的位置的指示信息。
不失一般性，以终端设备A基于所接收到的来自终端设备B的发现信号B判定是否进行后续群组建立过程的情况为例，进行说明。
从而，终端设备A可以通过上述方式发送发现信号(即，第一探测信号的一例，以下，为了便于理解和区分，记做：发现信号A)，终端设备B可以通过上述方式发送发现信号(即，第二探测信号的一例，以下，为了便于理解和区分，记做：发现信号B)。进而，当终端设备A处于终端设备B的覆盖范围内时，该终端设备A能够接收到发现信号B。
可选地，如果终端设备A确定该发现信号B的信号强度大于或等于预设的功率门限值(以下为了便于理解，记做：Pproximity)，则，终端设备A可以确定终端设备A与终端设备B可以组建群组，并执行后续群组建立过程。另外，可选地，在终端设备A确定该发现信号B的信号强度大于或等于Pproximity之后，终端设备A可以进一步确定发现信号B的信号强度大于或等于Pproximity的时长是否超过预设的时长门限值(以下为了便于理解，记做：Tproximity)，并在判定为“是”的情况下，终端设备A可以确定终端设备A与终端设备B可以组建群组，并执行后续群组建立过程。
或者，可选地，终端设备A可以基于该发现信号B，确定该终端设备A与该终端设备B之间的距离。例如，当发现信号B携带有终端设备B的位置的指示信息时，终端设备A可以根据该指示信息确定终端设备B的位置，并且可以基于GPS等技术确定终端设备A的位置，进而终端设备A能够该终端设备A与该终端设备B之间的距离。或者，可以通过实现确定各种信号强度与各种距离值之间的映射关系，从而终端设备A可以根据发现信号B的信号强度，从该映射关系中查找到与该发现信号B的信号强度相对应的距离值，作为该终端设备A与该终端设备B之间的距离。如果终端设备A确定该终端设备A与该终端设备B之间的距离小于或等于预设的距离门限值 (以下为了便于理解，记做：Dproximity)，则，终端设备A可以确定终端设备A与终端设备B可以组建群组，并执行后续群组建立过程。另外，可选地，在终端设备A确定该终端设备A与该终端设备B之间的距离小于或等于Dproximity之后，终端设备A可以进一步确定终端设备A与该终端设备B之间的距离小于或等于Dproximity的时长是否超过Tproximity，并在判定为“是”的情况下，终端设备A可以确定终端设备A与终端设备B可以组建群组，并执行后续群组建立过程。
类似地，终端设备B可以根据发现信号A，确定是否执行后续群组建立过程。
通过上述发现过程，能够使所形成的群组中的各成员终端设备均位于中心终端设备的覆盖范围内，进而能够确保中心终端设备对各成员终端设备的调度，从而能够进一步提高本发明的用于设备间通信的方法的可靠性。
应理解，以上列举的群组建立过程包括发现过程的情况仅为群组建立过程的一例，群组建立过程也可以不包括该发现过程，并且，以上列举的发现过程包括的具体步骤仅为示例性说明，可以根据实际情况进行适当变更，例如，也可以在接收到发现信号后直接进行后续群组建立过程，无需判定是否满足时间阈值的相关条件。
在本发明实施例中，上述群组确定过程可以包括中心终端设备确定过程，即：
可选地，该第一终端设备确定作为第一群组的中心终端设备，包括：
该第一终端设备生成第一序列；
该第一终端设备发送第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该第一序列以及该第一终端设备的设备信息，其中，一个设备信息用于唯一地指示一个终端设备；
该第一终端设备接收至少一个第二指示信息，该至少一个第二指示信息与至少一个第三终端设备一一对应，每个第二指示信息用于指示所对应的第三终端设备生成的第二序列以及所对应的第三终端设备的设备信息；
在该第一序列与该第二序列之间的关系满足预设条件时，该第一终端设备确定第一终端设备作为该第一群组的中心终端设备。
并且，可选地，该方法还包括：
在该第一序列与该第二序列之间的关系满足预设条件时，该第一终端设 备确定该第三终端设备属于该第一群组的成员终端设备。
具体地说，在本发明实施例中，各终端设备(例如，终端设备A和终端设备B)可以生成规定格式的序列，其中，该“规定格式”可以由通信协议规定；
或者，该“规定格式”也可以由制造商在该终端设备出产时预设在各终端设备中；
或者，该“规定格式”也可以由电信运营商下发至各终端设备；
或者，该“规定格式”也可以由用户输入至终端设备；
或者，该“规定格式”也可以由终端设备所接收到的其他(一个或多个)终端发送的信标信号的格式决定，例如一种信标信号的格式对应一种序列的格式。需要说明的是，当终端设备所接收到的其他多个终端设备所发送的信标信号的格式不同时，终端设备可以根据被数量最多的终端设备所使用的信标格式确定该“规定格式”。
应理解，以上列举的规定格式的确定过程仅为示例性说明，本发明并未特别限定，只要使各终端设备所生成的序列的格式相对应，从而能够对各序列进行比较以判定是否满足后述预设条件即可。
作为示例而非限定，该序列可以是该“规定格式”所规定的制式(例如，二进制、八进制、十进制或十六进制等)的字符串；
或者，该序列可以是该“规定格式”所规定的数值范围内的随机数；
或者，该序列可以是该“规定格式”所规定的预先配置在终端设备内的该终端设备的唯一标识(例如，设备信息，手机号等)本身，或者，该唯一标识所对应的数值。
并且，以上列举的规定格式的具体形式仅为示例性说明，本发明并未特别限定，只要使各终端设备能够对各序列进行比较以判定是否满足后述预设条件即可。
可选地，该第一终端生成第一序列，包括：
该第一终端设备根据该第一终端设备的设备信息，生成第一序列。
具体地说，由于终端设备的设备信息具有唯一性，因此，在本发明实施例中，可以根据终端设备的设备信息生成该终端设备的序列。
作为示例而非限定，可以将该终端设备的设备信息的字符串或数值作为该终端设备的序列。
在本发明实施例中，终端设备的设备信息可以是终端设备的设备标识(例如，手机号码等)，或者，终端设备的设备信息可以是基于终端设备的设备标识确定的数值或字符串，例如，可以采用对终端设备的设备标识进行加密处理等，生成终端设备的设备信息。以下，省略对相同或相似情况的说明。
应理解，以上列举的终端设备根据设备信息确定序列的过程仅为示例性说明，本发明并未限定于此，例如，终端设备还可以将设备信息(或者说，设备信息所对应的数值)带入规定数学模型(例如，公式)进行计算，并将计算结果作为该终端设备所生成的序列。
其后，各终端设备(例如，终端设备A和终端设备B)可以将所生成的序列以及该终端设备的设备信息(终端设备的设备标识，或者终端设备的设备标识所对应的数值)封装成其他终端设备能够接收并识别的消息(以下，为了便于理解和说明，记做：MSG(Message)#1)，作为示例而非限定，该MSG#1可以为广播消息，即，该一个终端设备的信号覆盖范围内的所有其他终端设备均能够接收到该终端设备发送的MSG#1。从而，该其他终端设备能够根据该MSG#1中携带的设备信息(终端设备的设备标识，或者终端设备的设备标识所对应的数值)，确定该MSG#1所来自的终端设备(即，该设备信息所指示的终端设备)。
应理解，以上列举的作为“终端设备的设备信息”的参数仅为示例性说明，本发明并未特别限定，其他能够使终端设备识别出某一广播消息所来自于的终端设备的参数或信息等均落入本发明的“终端设备的设备信息”的保护范围内，以下，省略对相同或相似情况的说明。
另外，作为示例而非限定，上述MSG#1可以是由终端设备在序列(或者，序列和设备信息)的基础上添加特定的消息头(或操作码“OP-Code”)和循环冗余校验码(CRC，Cyclic Redundancy Code)等构成的。
其后，各终端设备可以在规定的频域资源(以下，为了便于理解和区分，记做：频域资源2)发送如上所述生成的MSG#1。需要说明的是，该频域资源2与上述频域资源1可以是相同的也可以是不同的，本发明并未特别限定，以下，省略对相同或相似情况的说明。
并且，作为示例而非限定，在一次建立群组过程中一个终端设备第一次发送MSG#1时，可以将广播-比较计数器的值设置为“1”。
从而，终端设备A可以通过上述方式生成序列A(即，第一序列的一例)。并且，终端设备A可以生成并发送携带有该序列A和能够唯一地指示该终端设备A的设备信息(以下，为了便于理解和区分，记做：设备信息A)的MSG#1，以下，为了便于理解和区分记做：MSG#1A(即，第一指示信息的一例)。
类似地，终端设备B可以通过上述方式生成序列B(即，第二序列的一例)。并且，终端设备B可以生成并发送携带有该序列B和能够唯一地指示该终端设备B的设备信息(以下，为了便于理解和区分，记做：设备信息B)的MSG#1，以下，为了便于理解和区分记做：MSG#1B(即，第二指示信息的一例)。
不失一般性，以终端设备A基于所生成的序列A以及所接收到的来自终端设备B的MSG#1B所携带的序列B之间的关系确定群组的中心设备的过程为例，对确定中心设备的过程进行详细说明。
即，终端设备A可以对序列A和序列B与进行比较，以判定序列A和序列B之间的关系是否满足预设条件，并根据判定结果，确定包括该终端设备A和终端设备B的群组(以下，为了便于理解和区分，记做：群组#1)的中心终端设备。
作为示例而非限定，该“预设条件”可以为：终端设备将所生成的序列与所接收到的序列中所对应数值最大的序列所来自的终端设备，作为群组的中心终端设备。
或者，该“预设条件”可以为：终端设备将所生成的序列与所接收到的序列中所对应的数值最小的序列所来自的终端设备，作为群组的中心终端设备。
或者，该“预设条件”可以为：终端设备将所生成的序列与所接收到的序列按预设的规则(例如，按照数值从大到小或从小到大的顺序)进行排序，并将位于规定的位置(例如，第一个或最后一个)的序列所来自的终端设备，作为群组的中心终端设备。
此外，作为示例而非限定，各终端设备还可以将各序列中除满足“预设条件”的序列以外的各序列所来自于的终端设备作为群组的成员终端设备。
在本发明实施例中，该“预设条件”可以由通信协议规定；
或者，该“预设条件”也可以由制造商在该终端设备出产时预设在各终 端设备中；
或者，该“预设条件”也可以由电信运营商下发至各终端设备；
或者，该“预设条件”也可以由用户输入至终端设备；
应理解，以上列举的预设条件的确定过程仅为示例性说明，本发明并未特别限定，并且，各终端设备所使用的预设规则可以相同也可以相异，本发明并未特别限定，只要使各终端设备能够基于相同的多个序列确定出相同的中心终端设备即可。
可选地，在本发明实施例中，一个终端设备在确定其生成的序列满足上述预设条件后，可以直接确定该终端设备作为群组的中心终端设备，并且，可选地，可以将所接收到的序列所来自于的终端设备作为群组的成员设备。
或者，在本发明实施例中，各终端设备在确定其生成的序列满足上述预设条件后，还可以进一步与其他终端设备进行协商，即：
可选地，如果MSG#1中未携带设备标识(例如，设备信息为基于该设备标识生成的数值)，则各终端设备可以进行协商，以确定各设备信息所指示的终端设备。从而，在后续通信过程中，能够根据该设备信息确定消息所来自于的终端设备，能够进一步提高无线通信的可靠性。
并且，可选地，在该第一终端设备确定第一终端设备作为该第一群组的中心终端设备之前，该方法还包括：
在该第一序列与该第二序列之间的关系满足预设条件时，该第一终端设备发送第三指示信息，该第三指示信息用于指示该第一终端设备请求作为中心终端设备
具体地说，在一个终端设备(例如，第一终端设备)确定所生成的序列与所接收到的各序列之间的关系满足预设条件(例如，所生成的序列的数值大于所接收到的各序列的数值)之后，该第一终端设备可以发送用于请求作为一个群组(即，第一终端设备所比较的各序列所来自于的终端设备构成的群组，例如，上述群组#1)的中心终端设备的消息(即，第三指示信息的一例，以下，为了便于理解和说明，记做：MSG#2)。
作为示例而非限定，该MSG#2可以为广播消息，即，该一个终端设备的信号覆盖范围内的所有其他终端设备(包括第三终端设备)均能够接收到该MSG#2。
此外，可选地，在本发明实施例中，该MSG#2可以携带有所来自于的 终端设备(例如，第一终端设备)的设备信息，从而，该其他终端设备(例如，第三终端设备)能够根据该MSG#2中携带的设备信息，确定该MSG#2所来自于的终端设备。
或者，可选地，在本发明实施例中，该MSG#2可以携带有所来自于的终端设备(例如，第一终端设备)所生成的序列，从而，该其他终端设备(例如，第三终端设备)能够根据该MSG#2中携带的序列，并基于所接收到的MSG#1中的设备信息和序列的对应关系，确定该MSG#2所来自于的终端设备。
其后，终端设备(例如，第一终端设备)可以在规定的频域资源(以下，为了便于理解和区分，记做：频域资源3)发送如上所述生成的MSG#2。需要说明的是，该频域资源3与频域资源2可以是相同的也可以是不同的，并且，该频域资源3与频域资源1可以是相同的也可以是不同的本发明并未特别限定，以下，为了避免赘述，省略对相同或相似情况的说明。
其后，终端设备(例如，第一终端设备)可以确定其他终端设备针对该MSG#2的响应情况，并根据响应情况，进行确定群组的中心设备的后续处理。
作为示例而非限定，该MSG#2的响应情况可以包括以下情况：
情况A：接收到其他终端设备(例如，第三终端设备或第二终端设备)同意该第一终端设备作为群组的中心终端设备的响应；
情况B：在规定的时间段(即，预设时段T)内接收到终端设备(例如，第三终端设备或第二终端设备)不同意该第一终端设备作为群组的中心终端设备的响应；
情况C：在规定的时间段(即，预设时段T)内未接收到终端设备(例如，第三终端设备或第二终端设备)不同意该第一终端设备作为群组的中心终端设备的响应。
以下，为了便于理解和说明，以终端设备A和终端设备B根据上述序列A和序列B，基于上述预设条件，确定终端设备A作为群组#1的中心终端设备时的情况为例，对上述情况下的处理过程进行详细说明。
情况A
该第一终端设备确定第一终端设备作为该第一群组的中心终端设备，包括：
第一终端设备接收第四指示信息，该第四指示信息用于指示该第三终端设备同意第一终端设备作为该第一群组的中心终端设备，该第四指示信息是该第三终端设备在确定该第一序列与该第二序列之间的关系满足该预设条件时发送的；
第一终端设备根据该第四指示信息，确定第一终端设备为该第一群组的中心终端设备，并确定该第三终端设备属于该成员终端设备。
具体地说，终端设备A(即，第一终端设备的一例)在确定序列A和序列B之间的关系满足预设条件后，可以通过上述方式生成并发送MSG#2(以下，为了便于理解和区分，记做：MSG#2A)。
终端设备B(即，第二终端设备或第三终端设备的一例)，在确定序列A和序列B之间的关系满足预设条件后，如果接收到该MSG#2A，并且，例如，基于MSG#1A中携带的设备信息(或者，序列)和该MSG#2A中携带的设备信息(或序列)对应同一终端设备(即，终端设备A)，则终端设备B可以生成并在规定的频域资源(以下，为了便于理解和区分，记做：频域资源4)发送针对该MSG#2A的确认(ACK)消息(即，第四指示信息的一例)，该ACK消息可以包括用于指示同意发送MSG#2A的终端设备(即，终端设备A)作为群组#1的中心终端设备的确认信息。
作为示例而非限定，该ACK消息可以为广播消息，即，该终端设备B(即，第二终端设备或第三终端设备的一例)的信号覆盖范围内的所有其他终端设备(包括终端设备A)均能够接收到该ACK消息。
此外，可选地，在本发明实施例中，该ACK消息可以携带有该终端设备B(即，第二终端设备或第三终端设备的一例)的设备信息，从而，终端设备A能够根据该ACK消息中携带的设备信息，确定该ACK消息所来自于的终端设备B，并且，终端设备A可以确定终端设备B可以作为群组#1的成员终端设备。
或者，可选地，在本发明实施例中，该ACK消息可以携带有该终端设备B(即，第二终端设备或第三终端设备的一例)的所生成的序列(即，序列B)，从而，终端设备A能够根据该ACK消息中携带的序列B，基于MSG#2B确定的序列B与终端设备B的设备信息之间的对应关系，确定该ACK消息来自终端设备B，并且，终端设备A可以确定终端设备B可以作为群组#1的成员终端设备。
可选地，该第四指示信息还用于指示该第一序列。
具体地说，在本发明实施例中，该ACK消息可以携带有该终端设备A的所生成的序列(即，序列A)，从而，终端设备A能够根据该ACK消息中携带的序列A，确定该ACK消息是针对MSG#2A的响应。
从而，能够进一步提高本发明的用于设备间通信的可靠性。
应理解，以上列举的终端设备B在确定序列A和序列B之间的关系满足预设条件后针对MSG#2A的响应方式仅为示例性说明，本发明并未限定于此，例如，终端设备B也可以不发送任何响应消息，此情况下，终端设备A如果在预设时段T内未接收到任何响应消息(包括ACK响应消息和NACK响应消息)，则终端设备A可以确定终端设备B同意该终端设备A作为群组#1的中心终端设备。
情况B
在该第一终端设备确定第一终端设备作为该第一群组的中心终端设备之前，该方法还包括：
该第一终端设备在确定发送该第三指示信息之后的预设时段T内接收到第五指示信息时，重新发送该第一指示信息，其中，该第五指示信息用于指示该第三终端设备不同意第一终端设备作为该第一群组的中心终端设备。
具体地说，终端设备A在确定序列A和序列B之间的关系满足预设条件后，可以通过上述方式生成并发送MSG#2A。
当终端设备B未能准确接收到该MSG#1A(例如，终端设备B所接收到的MSG#1A不完整或未通过CRC校验)，从而不能确定序列A和序列B之间的关系是否满足预设条件时，如果接收到MSG#2A，则可以生成并发送针对该MSG#2A的非确认(NACK)消息(即，第五指示信息的一例)，该NACK消息可以包括用于指示不同意发送MSG#2A的终端设备(即，终端设备A)作为群组#1的中心终端设备的非确认信息。
作为示例而非限定，该NACK消息可以为广播消息，即，该终端设备B(即，第二终端设备或第三终端设备的一例)的信号覆盖范围内的所有其他终端设备(包括终端设备A)均能够接收到该NACK消息。
此外，可选地，在本发明实施例中，该NACK消息可以携带有该终端设备B(即，第二终端设备或第三终端设备的一例)的设备信息或序列B，从而，终端设备A能够根据该NACK消息中携带的设备信息或序列B，确 定该NACK消息所来自于的终端设备B。
可选地，该第五指示信息还用于指示该第一序列。
具体地说，在本发明实施例中，该NACK消息可以携带有该终端设备A的所生成的序列(即，序列A)，从而，终端设备A能够根据该NACK消息中携带的序列A，确定该NACK消息是针对MSG#2A的响应。
在本发明实施例中，终端设备A还确定接收到NACK消息的时刻，如果该时刻处于终端设备发送MSG#2A之后的预设时段T内，则终端设备A可以确定不作为群组#1的中心终端设备，并确定终端设备B不作为群组#1的成员终端设备。
需要说明的是，在本发明实施例中，该“预设时段T”可以由通信协议规定；
或者，该“预设时段T”也可以由制造商在该终端设备出产时预设在各终端设备中；
或者，该“预设时段T”也可以由电信运营商下发至各终端设备；
或者，该“预设时段T”也可以由用户输入至终端设备。
其后，终端设备A可以重新发送该MSG#1A。
可选地，该第五指示信息是该第三终端设备在确定该第一指示信息接收错误之后发送的，以及
该第五指示信息还用于指示该第一指示信息中接收错误的部分。
具体地说，该NACK消息还可以包括该终端设备B所接收到的MSG#1A中出现接收错误的部分，并且，作为示例而非限定，该出现接收错误的部分可以是终端设备B例如，基于CRC确定的未通过校验的内容，或者，该出现接收错误的部分可以是MSG#1A中缺失内容所对应的比特位。
从而，终端设备A可以根据该NACK消息，重新发送MSG#1A中与该出现接收错误的部分相对应部分，从而，能够减少资源开销。
需要说明的是，在本发明实施例中，可能出现终端设备B多次均无法准确接收到MSG#1A，从而需要发送多次NACK消息的情况，相应地，终端设备A可能多次重新发送MSG#1A(可以是MSG#1A的全部比特，也可以是MSG#1A的部分比特)。此情况下，终端设备A可以在每次重新发送MSG#1A后，将广播-比较计数器加1，并且，当广播-比较计数器的数值达到预设的阈值“N”之后，终端A认为本次群组组建过程失败。可选地，终 端设备A可以重新发送发现信号。
相应地，如果终端设备B在发送了NACK消息之后的规定的时间段(以下，为了便于理解和区分，记做：时段T2)之内正确接收到终端设备A再次发出的MSG#1A，则终端设备B再次发出MSG#1B，并重新进行针对序列A和序列B的比较过程。
如果终端B在时段T2之内没有接收到终端设备A再次发出的MSG#1A，则终端设备B可以确定本次群组建立过程失败。可选地，终端设备B可以重新发送发现信号。
情况C
可选地，该第一终端设备确定第一终端设备作为该第一群组的中心终端设备，包括：
该第一终端设备在确定发送该第三指示信息之后的预设时段T内未接收到第五指示信息时，确定第一终端设备为该第一群组的中心终端设备，并确定该第三终端设备属于该成员终端设备，其中，该第五指示信息用于指示该第三终端设备不同意该第一终端设备作为该第一群组的中心终端设备。
具体地说，终端设备A在发送MSG#2A之后的可以启动计时器，并且，该计时器的到时的时刻可以与上述预设时段T的结束时刻相同，并且，如果计时器到时之前终端设备A未接收到其他终端设备(例如，终端设备B)发送的NACK消息，或者说，如果终端设备A在上述预设时段T内未接收到NACK消息，则终端设备A可以默认其他终端设备(例如，终端设备B)同意终端设备A作为群组#1的中心终端设备，并将该其他终端设备(例如，终端设备B)作为群组#1的成员终端设备。
可选地，该方法还包括：
该第一终端设备在该预设时段T之后接收到该第五指示信息时，确定该第三终端设备不属于该第一群组。
具体地说，如果终端设备A在计时器到时之后接收到其他终端设备(例如，终端设备B)发送的NACK消息，或者说，如果终端设备A在上述预设时段T之后，接收到NACK消息，则终端设备A可以仍然确定作为群组#1的中心终端设备，并确定发送该NACK消息的终端设备(例如，终端设备B)不作为群组#1的成员终端设备，例如，可以将该终端设备B从群组#1的群组成员列表中剔除。
应理解，以上列举的确定中心终端设备和成员终端设备的过程仅为示例性说明，本发明并未限定于此，
例如，如果终端设备B和终端设备A均未正确接收对方发送的MSG#1，则当终端设备B发送NACK消息后，两终端设备B和终端设备A可以均再次发送MSG#1，如果重新比较的结果是终端设备B作为中心终端设备(即，重新接收到的序列B与序列A之间的关系指示终端设备B作为中心终端设备)，则终端设备B可以执行上述终端设备A在基于序列B与序列A之间的关系确定终端设备A作为中心终端设备时执行的后续流程，这里，为了避免赘述，省略其详细说明。
再例如，对于没有发送ACK消息或者NACK消息的终端设备(以下，为了便于理解和区分，记做：终端设备C)，可以不作为群组#1的成员终端设备。并且，该终端设备C可以重新发送和侦听发现信号。
再例如，如果终端设备A没有接收到终端设备C发送的ACK消息或者NACK消息，则终端设备A可以确定该终端设备C不作为群组#1的成员终端设备。并且，该终端设备C可以重新发送和侦听发现信号。
下面，对本发明实施例中的中心终端设备的功能进行详细说明。
为了便于理解和说明，以下，以终端设备A作为群组#1的中心终端设备，终端设备B属于群组#1的成员终端设备的情况为例，对中心终端设备的功能进行详细说明。
作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中，中心终端设备可以具有以下功能：
1.维护和广播群组标识
即，可选地，该方法还包括：
第一终端设备确定该第一群组的群组标识，其中，一个群组标识用于唯一地指示一个设备群组；
该第一终端设备周期性发送第一群组广播信号，该第一群组广播信号携带有该第一群组的群组标识以及该第一终端设备的设备信息。
具体地说，终端设备A(即，第一终端设备的一例)可以生成用于指示该群组#1的群组标识(以下，为了便于理解和区分，记做：群组ID#1)。
在本发明实施例中，群组标识可以具有特定的格式，即，通信系统中的终端设备能够将具有该特定的格式的信息为群组标识。该群组标识的格式可 以由通信协议规定，或者，也可以由制造商在该终端设备出产时预设在各终端设备中，或者也可以由电信运营商下发至各终端设备，或者，也可以由用户输入至终端设备。只要能够使各终端设备识别出群组标识即可，本发明并未限定群组标识的格式。
作为示例而非限定，例如，终端设备A可以从基于通信协议的规定等方式获取多个标识(或者说，序列或随机数)中随机地选择一个标识作为群组ID#1。应理解，以上列举的群组标识的生成方法仅为示例性说明，本发明并未特别限定，例如，终端设备A还可以根据该终端设备A的设备信息，确定该群组ID#1，例如，终端设备A可以将设备信息(或者说，设备信息所对应的数值)带入规定数学模型(例如，公式)进行计算，并将计算结果作为群组ID#1。
其后，终端设备A可以发送携带有该群组ID#1的广播信号(即，第一群组广播信号的一例，以下，为了便于理解和区分，记做：广播信号#1)，并且，该广播信号#1可以携带该终端设备A的设备信息。
从而，该与终端设备A进行上述协商过程的终端设备(例如，终端设备B)可以根据广播信号#1中携带的终端设备A的设备信息，确定该广播信号#1中携带的群组ID#1，为成员终端设备为该终端设备A的群组(即，群组#1)的群组标识。
应理解，以上列举的广播信号#1携带终端设备A的设备信息的方案仅为示例性说明，本发明并未限定于此，例如，终端设备A可以仅在前K次(例如，第一次)发送广播信号#1时，在广播信号#1中携带终端设备A的设备信息，并在之后发送的广播信号#1中不携带终端设备A的设备信息而仅携带群组ID#1。
从而，群组#1的成员终端设备，能够根据上述周期性发送的广播信号#1，确定群组#1的存在。
可选地，该方法还包括：
第一终端设备检测至少一个第二群组广播信号，该至少一个第二群组广播信号与至少一个第二群组一一对应，每个第二群组广播信号是所对应的第二群组的中心终端设备周期性发送的，每个第二群组广播信号承载有所对应的第二群组的群组标识以及所对应的第二群组的中心终端设备的设备信息；
该第一终端设备在确定该第二群组的群组标识与该第一群组的群组标 识相同时，变更该第一群组的群组标识；或者
该第一终端设备在确定该第二群组的群组标识与该第一群组的群组标识相同时，发送第九指示信息，该第九指示信息用于指示该第二群组的中心终端设备变更该第二群组的群组标识。
具体地说，在本发明实施例中，通信系统中可能同时存在多个(至少两个)群组，如果群组#1的中心终端设备(即，终端设备A)位于其他群组(即，第二群组的一例以下，为了便于理解和区分，记做：群组#2)的中心终端设备(以下，为了便于理解和区分，记做：终端设备D)的覆盖范围内，则终端设备A可能会接收到终端设备D发送的用于承载群组#2的群组标识(以下，为了便于理解和区分，记做：群组ID#2)的广播信号(即，第二群组广播信号的一例，以下，为了便于理解和区分，记做：广播信号#2)。
并且，如果终端设备A确定该群组ID#2与群组ID#1相同，则终端设备A可以重新选择群组#1的群组标识。并通知群组#1的成员终端设备(例如，终端设备#B)群组#1所采用的新的群组标识。
或者，如果终端设备A确定该群组ID#2与群组ID#1相同，则终端设备A可以发送用于指示终端设备D重新选择群组#2的群组标识的消息(即，第九指示信息的一例)。并使终端设备D通知群组#2的成员终端设备群组#2所采用的新的群组标识。
从而，能够避免覆盖范围具有重叠的两个群组使用相同的群组ID而导致各群组的成员终端设备发生通信错误。
2.为成员终端设备分配组内标识
即，可选地，该方法还包括：
该第一终端设备为该第一群组中的每个终端设备分配组内标识，其中，一个组内标识用于唯一地指示该第一群组中的一个终端设备；
该第一终端设备发送第六指示信息，该第六指示信息用于指示该第一群组中的每个终端设备的组内标识，以便于该第一群组中的各终端设备之间基于该组内标识进行设备间通信。
并且，终端设备A在确定作为群组#1的中心终端设备之后，可以为群组#1中的各成员终端设备分配组内标识，其中，在一个群组中，一个组内标识用于唯一地标识一个成员终端设备。从而，该群组#1内的各成员终端设备能够根据该组内标识进行设备间通信。
作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中，终端设备A可以根据群组#1中的各成员终端设备的设备信息，确各成员终端设备的组内标识，例如，终端设备还可以将一个终端设备的设备信息(或者说，设备信息所对应的数值)带入规定数学模型(例如，公式)进行计算，并将计算结果作为该终端设备的组内标识。
在本发明实施例中，中心终端设备可以通过广播信息等方式将组内标识分配至各成员终端设备，广播信息可包含各成员终端设备的设备信息和组内标识。并且，各成员终端设备在接收到该组内标识后，可以向中心终端设备反馈确认信息。
3.维护群组内的时间和频率同步
具体地说，在本发明实施例中，中心终端设备(例如，终端设备A)可以确定该中心终端设备所属于的群组(例如，群组#1)内的各终端设备(例如，可以包括该群组的成员终端设备和中心终端设备)之间进行设备间通信使用的传输资源，例如，频域资源(例如，载频频率，频带宽度)，并周期性的时间同步信号，其中，该时间同步信号可以具有特定的格式，即，终端设备能够根据该特别的格式，识别出时间同步信号。
并且，群组的成员终端设备(例如，终端设备B)可以将内部定时信号统一(align)到中心终端设备所发送的时间同步信号上。
4.控制终端设备加入群组
即，可选地，该第一终端设备接收第四终端设备发送的第一请求消息，该第一请求消息携带有该第四终端设备的设备信息，该第一请求消息用于指示该第四终端设备请求加入该第一群组，该第一请求消息是该第二终端设备在确定所接收到的第一群组广播信号的信号强度大于或等于第二预设强度之后发送的，或者，该第一请求消息是该第二终端设备在确定基于所接收到的第一群组广播信号确定的该第一终端设备与该第四终端设备之间的距离小于或等于第二预设距离之后发送的；
该第一终端设备根据该第一请求消息，确定该第四终端设备属于该第一群组的成员终端设备。
具体地说，当一个未加入任何群组的终端设备(即，第二终端设备或第四终端设备的一例，以下，为了便于理解和区分，记做：终端设备E)移动至终端设备A的覆盖范围内，则该终端设备E能够接收到终端设备A发送 的广播信号#1。
可选地，如果终端设备E确定该广播信号#1的信号强度大于或等于预设的功率门限值(以下为了便于理解，记做：Wproximity)，则终端设备E可以发起加入该群组#1的过程。另外，可选地，在终端设备E确定该广播信号#1的信号强度大于或等于Wproximity之后，终端设备E可以进一步确定广播信号#1的信号强度大于或等于Wproximity的时长是否超过预设的时长门限值(以下为了便于理解，记做：Yproximity)，并在判定为“是”的情况下，终端设备E可以发起加入该群组#1的过程。
或者，可选地，终端设备E可以基于该广播信号#1，确定该终端设备E与该终端设备A之间的距离。例如，在本发明实施例中，当广播信号#1可以携带有终端设备A的位置的指示信息，此情况下，终端设备E可以根据该指示信息确定终端设备A的位置，并且可以基于GPS等技术确定终端设备E的位置，进而终端设备E能够该终端设备E与该终端设备A之间的距离。或者，可以通过实现确定各种信号强度与各种距离值之间的映射关系，从而终端设备E可以根据广播信号#1的信号强度，从该映射关系中查找到与该广播信号#1的信号强度相对应的距离值，作为该终端设备E与该终端设备A之间的距离。如果终端设备E确定该终端设备E与该终端设备A之间的距离小于预设的距离门限值(以下为了便于理解，记做：Xproximity)，则终端设备E可以发起加入该群组#1的过程。另外，可选地，在终端设备E确定该终端设备E与该终端设备A之间的距离小于Xroximity之后，终端设备E可以进一步确定终端设备E与该终端设备A之间的距离小于Xproximity的时长是否超过Yproximity，并在判定为“是”的情况下，终端设备E可以发起加入该群组#1的过程。
作为示例而非限定，上述加入该群组#1的过程可以包括：终端设备E可以向终端设备A发送用于请求加入该群组#1的请求消息(即，第一请求消息的一例，以下，为了便于理解和区分，记做:请求消息#1)，在本发明实施例中，该请求消息#1可以携带该终端设备E的标识和特定的消息头或操作码(用于标识该请求消息#1是终端请求加入群组的请求消息)。
此外，可选地，该请求消息#1还可以携带用于指示该终端设备E请求加入群组#1的原因(例如，该终端设备E需要与该群组#1中的一个或多个成员终端设备进行通信)的信息，或者，用于指示该终端设备E的设备类型 的信息。
从而，终端设备A能够接收到该请求消息#1，并基于该请求消息#1确定终端设备E请求加入群组#1，其后，终端设备A例如，可以根据当前群组#1包括的终端设备的数量等，判定是否允许终端设备E加入群组#1，或者说，判定是否允许终端设备E作为群组#1的成员终端设备。并且，终端设备A可以将判定结果发送给终端设备E。
5.控制成员终端设备退出群组
例如，可选地，该方法还包括：
该第一终端设备接收该第一群组中的第五终端设备发送的第二请求消息，该第五终端设备属于该第一群组的成员终端设备，该第二请求消息用于指示该第五终端设备请求退出该第一群组，该第二请求消息是该第五终端设备在确定所接收到的第一群组广播信号的信号强度小于第二预设强度之后发送的，或者，该第二请求消息是该第五终端设备在确定基于所接收到的第一群组广播信号确定的该第一终端设备与该第五终端设备之间的距离大于第二预设距离之后发送的；
该第一终端设备根据该第二请求消息，确定第五终端设备不属于该第一群组的成员终端设备。
具体地说，群组#1中的成员终端设备可以接收到该广播信号#1。
可选地，如果群组#1中的某个成员终端设备(例如，终端设备B，即，第二终端设备或第五终端设备的一例)确定该广播信号#1的信号强度小于预设的功率门限值(以下为了便于理解，记做：Wproximity)，则终端设备B可以发起退出该群组#1的过程。另外，可选地，在终端设备B确定该广播信号#1的信号强度小于Wproximity之后，终端设备B可以进一步确定广播信号#1的信号强度小于Wproximity的时长是否超过预设的时长门限值(以下为了便于理解，记做：Yproximity)，并在判定为“是”的情况下，终端设备B可以发起退出该群组#1的过程。
或者，可选地，终端设备B可以基于该广播信号#1，确定该终端设备B与该终端设备A之间的距离。例如，在本发明实施例中，广播信号#1可以携带有终端设备A的位置的指示信息，此情况下，终端设备B可以根据该指示信息确定终端设备A的位置，并且可以基于GPS等技术确定终端设备B的位置，进而终端设备B能够该终端设备B与该终端设备A之间的距离。 或者，可以通过实现确定各种信号强度与各种距离值之间的映射关系，从而终端设备B可以根据广播信号#1的信号强度，从该映射关系中查找到与该广播信号#1的信号强度相对应的距离值，作为该终端设备B与该终端设备A之间的距离。如果终端设备B确定该终端设备B与该终端设备A之间的距离大于或等于预设的距离门限值(以下为了便于理解，记做：Xproximity)，则，终端设备B可以发起退出该群组#1的过程。另外，可选地，在终端设备B确定终端设备B与该终端设备A之间的距离大于或等于Xroximity之后，终端设备B可以进一步确定终端设备B与该终端设备A之间的距离大于或等于Xproximity的时长是否超过Yproximity，并在判定为“是”的情况下，终端设备B可以发起退出该群组#1的过程。
作为示例而非限定，上述退出该群组#1的过程可以包括：终端设备B可以向终端设备A发送用于请求退出该群组#1的请求消息(即，第二请求消息的一例，以下，为了便于理解和区分，记做:请求消息#2)，在本发明实施例中，该请求消息#2可以携带该终端设备B的标识和特定的消息头或操作码(用于标识该请求消息#2是终端请求退出群组的请求消息)。
从而，终端设备A能够接收到该请求消息#2，并基于该请求消息#2确定终端设备B请求退出群组#1，其后，终端设备A可以将终端设备B从群组#1的成员终端设备列表中删除，并删除终端设备B的群组标识和上下文。
再例如，可选地，该方法还包括：
该第一终端设备检测第六终端设备发送的心跳信号，该第六终端设备属于该第一群组的成员终端设备，该心跳信号携带有该第六终端设备的设备信息，该心跳信号是该第六终端设备在确定作为该第一群组的成员终端设备之后按照预设周期发送的；
该第一终端设备在确定预设时长内未接收到该心跳信号时，确定该第六终端设备不属于该第一群组的成员终端设备，其中，该预设时长大于或等于该预设周期的时长，该第六终端设备在确定所接收到的第一群组广播信号的信号强度小于第二预设强度之后停止发送该心跳信号，或者，该第六终端设备在确定基于所接收到的第一群组广播信号确定的该第一终端设备与该第六终端设备之间的距离大于第二预设距离之后停止发送该心跳信号。
具体地说，在本发明实施例中，群组中的成员终端设备可以生成并在规定的频域资源(以下，为了便于理解和区分，记做：频域资源5)发送心跳 信号，该心跳信号可以承载成员终端设备的组内标识或设备信息，以及心跳信号的序号等(该序号可以在一定数值范围内循环)，从而，中心终端设备能够根据该心跳信号，对群组内的成员终端设备进行管理。
不是一般性，终端设备B在确定作为群组#1的成员终端设备之后，可以发送心跳信号(以下，为了便于理解和区分，记做：心跳信号B)。
可选地，如果群组#1中的某个成员终端设备(例如，终端设备B，即，第二终端设备或第六终端设备的一例)确定该广播信号#1的信号强度小于Wproximity，则终端设备B可以停止发送心跳信号B。另外，可选地，在终端设备B确定该广播信号#1的信号强度小于Wproximity之后，终端设备B可以进一步确定广播信号#1的信号强度小于Wproximity的时长是否超过预设的时长门限值Yproximity，并在判定为“是”的情况下，终端设备B可以停止发送心跳信号B。
或者，可选地，终端设备B可以基于该广播信号#1，确定该终端设备B与该终端设备A之间的距离。例如，在本发明实施例中，广播信号#1可以携带有终端设备A的位置的指示信息，此情况下，终端设备B可以根据该指示信息确定终端设备A的位置，并且可以基于GPS等技术确定终端设备B的位置，进而终端设备B能够该终端设备B与该终端设备A之间的距离。或者，可以通过实现确定各种信号强度与各种距离值之间的映射关系，从而终端设备B可以根据广播信号#1的信号强度，从该映射关系中查找到与该广播信号#1的信号强度相对应的距离值，作为该终端设备B与该终端设备A之间的距离。如果终端设备B确定该终端设备B与该终端设备A之间的距离大于或等于预设的距离门限值Xproximity，则终端设备B可以停止发送心跳信号B。另外，可选地，在终端设备B确定终端设备B与该终端设备A之间的距离大于或等于Xroximity之后，终端设备B可以进一步确定终端设备B与该终端设备A之间的距离大于或等于Xproximity的时长是否超过Yproximity，并在判定为“是”的情况下，终端设备B可以停止发送心跳信号B。
在本发明实施例中，终端设备A可以配置一个针对终端设备B的计时器(watchdog)，并在每次接收到心跳信号B时，将该计时器置零，从而，当终端设备A在根据该计时器确定在规定的时长(即，预设时长)内未接收到心跳信号B时，终端设备A可以将终端设备B从群组#1的成员终端设备列表中删除，并删除终端设备B的群组标识和上下文。
6.为群组内的终端设备分配用于设备间通信的传输资源
具体地说，作为示例而非限定，中心终端设备(例如，终端设备A)可以在预设的频率(或者说，通信信道)上占据一块时频资源作为该中心终端设备所属于的群组(例如，群组#1)的资源池，用于群组内的终端设备之间的通信。
需要说明的是，在本发明实施例中，中心终端设备可以具有网络连接，或者说，该中心设备能够与接入网设备进行通信，此情况下，中心终端设备可以向接入网设备申请用于群组中各终端设备进行的设备间通信的授权频域资源作为群组的资源池；或者，中心终端设备可以采用竞争方式或先听后说方式等确定用于群组中各终端设备进行的设备间通信的免授权频域资源作为群组的资源池。
可选地，该资源池大小是可变的，例如，中心终端设备可以根据群组内的成员终端设备的数量变更资源池包括的资源的大小，或者，中心终端设备可以根据群组内的成员终端设备需要发送的数据的数据量，变更资源池包括的资源的大小。
作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中，中心终端设备如上所述为成员终端设备分配的传输资源可以用于成员终端设备与同一群组内的其他成员终端设备之间的通信(即，情况α)，或者，中心终端设备如上所述为成员终端设备分配的传输资源也可以用于成员终端设备(经由中心终端设备)与网络设备之间的通信(即，情况β)，再或者，中心终端设备如上所述为成员终端设备分配的传输资源也可以用于成员终端设备(经由中心终端设备)与其他群组的成员终端设备之间的通信(即，情况γ)，下面，分别对上述情况下各设备的动作进行详细说明。
以下，为了便于理解和说明，不失一般性，以终端设备A为例，对中心终端设备的动作进行说明；以终端设备B为例，对成员终端设备的动作进行说明。
情况α
可选地，该第一无线资源具体用于该第二终端设备向该第一群组中的第七终端设备发送第一数据。
具体地说，例如，当群组#1内的终端设备B(即，第二终端设备的一例)需要向群组#1内的一个或多个成员终端设备(即，第七终端设备的一例，以 下，为了便于理解和说明，记做：终端设备F)发送数据(以下，为了便于理解和说明，记做：数据1)时，终端设备B可以向终端设备A发送资源调度请求消息(以下，为了便于理解和区分，记做：调度请求消息1-1)。
从而，终端设备A可以根据该调度请求消息1-1，从如上所述确定的资源池中，确定用于传输该数据1的无线资源(例如，时频资源)，以下，为了便于理解和说明，记做：无线资源1-1。
作为示例而非限定，例如，终端设备A每次分配的资源的大小可以是固定的，即，该无线资源1-1的大小可以是由例如，通信协议等预选规定的。
或者，作为示例而非限定，可选地，该调度请求消息-11可以包括数据1的大小的指示信息。从而，终端设备A能够基于数据1的大小，确定无线资源1-1。
或者，作为示例而非限定，可选地，该调度请求消息1-1可以包括数据1所属于的业务的业务类型的指示信息。从而，终端设备A能够基于数据1属于的业务的业务类型，确定无线资源1-1。作为示例而非限定，例如，如果该数据1所属于的业务为例如，视频业务等需要连续(例如，在时域上连续)传输的业务，则终端设备A可以确定连续的资源作为无线资源1-1。
在如上所述确定了无线资源1-1之后，终端设备A可以向终端设备B发送无线资源1-1的指示信息，从而，终端设备B可以通过该无线资源1-1发送数据1。作为示例而非限定，该无线资源1-1的指示信息可以用于指示该无线资源1-1在时域或频域上的位置。
可选地，该方法还包括：
该第一终端设备向该第七终端设备发送该第一无线资源的指示信息。
具体地说，在本发明实施例中，终端设备A可以向终端设备F发送无线资源1-1的指示信息，从而，终端设备F可以在该无线资源1-1上接收数据1。
应理解，以上列举的终端设备F接收数据1的方式仅为示例性说明，本发明并未限定于此，例如，终端设备F还可以采用盲检测的方式接收数据1，例如，终端设备B可以在携带有该数据1的数据包中封装入终端设备F的设备信息，从而，终端设备F在检测到携带有该终端设备F的设备信息的数据包时，可以确定该数据包中携带有需要发送至终端设备F的数据(例如，数据1)，进而可以对该数据包进行例如解封装处理等，进而获取该数据1。
可选地，该方法还包括：
该第一终端设备向该第七终端设备发送第十指示信息，该第十指示信息用于指示该第七终端设备发送探测信号
具体地说，在本发明实施例中，终端设备A还可以向终端设备F(即，第七终端设备的一例)发送用于指示该终端设备F发送探测信号的消息(即，第十指示信息的一例)，从而，终端设备F能够基于终端设备A的指示，发送探测信号，进而，终端设备B能够根据终端设备F发送的探测信号，对终端设备F与终端设备B之间的信道进行信道估计，以确定针对该数据1的发送参数，例如，发送功率、调制编码方式、速率匹配方式或多天线技术模式、HARQ冗余版本编号等。
可选地，该方法还包括：
该第一终端设备为该第七终端设备分配第二无线资源，以便于该第七终端设备通过该第二无线资源发送针对该第一数据的反馈信息
具体地说，在本发明实施例中，终端设备F在接收到上述数据1后，还可以向终端设备B发送针对该数据1的反馈信息(以下，为了便于理解和区分，记做：反馈信息1)。
此情况下，终端设备F可以向终端设备A发送调度请求消息(以下，为了便于理解和区分，记做调度请求消息1-2，以请求终端设备A为终端设备F发送用于承载该反馈信息1-2的无线资源(以下，为了便于理解和区分，记做：无线资源1-2)。
作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中，终端设备A每次分配的资源的大小可以是固定的，即，该无线资源1-2的大小可以是由例如，通信协议等预选规定的。
或者，作为示例而非限定，可选地，该调度请求消息1-2可以包括用于指示该终端设备F发送的数据为反馈信息的指示标识。从而，终端设备A能够基于该指示标识，确定无线资源1-2。
在如上所述确定了无线资源1-2之后，终端设备A可以向终端设备F发送无线资源1-2的指示信息，从而，终端设备F可以通过该无线资源1-2发送针对数据1的反馈信息1。作为示例而非限定，该无线资源1-2的指示信息可以用于指示该无线资源1-2在时域或频域上的位置。
可选地，在本发明实施例中，终端设备A可以向终端设备B发送无线 资源1-2的指示信息，从而，终端设备B可以在该无线资源1-2上接收反馈信息。
应理解，以上列举的终端设备B接收反馈信息1的方式仅为示例性说明，本发明并未限定于此，例如，终端设备B还可以采用盲检测的方式接收反馈信息1，例如，终端设备F可以在携带有该反馈信息1的数据包中封装入终端设备B的设备信息，从而，终端设备B在检测到携带有该终端设备B的设备信息的数据包时，可以确定该数据包中携带有需要发送至终端设备B的数据(例如，上述反馈信息)，进而可以对该数据包进行例如解封装处理等，进而获取该反馈信息1。
情况β
该方法还包括：
该第一终端设备通过第一无线资源接收该第二终端设备发送的第四数据，该第四数据是需要发送至网络设备的数据；
该第一终端设备向该网络设备发送该第四数据。
具体地说，例如，如果群组#1内的终端设备B(即，第二终端设备的一例)所处的位置不在网络设备的覆盖范围内，且该终端设备B需要向网络设备发送数据(即，第四数据的一例，以下，为了便于理解和区分，记做：数据2)时，终端设备B可以向终端设备A发送资源调度请求消息(以下，为了便于理解和区分，记做：调度请求消息2)。并且，该调度请求消息2可以携带有用于指示该终端设备B需要向网络设备发送数据的指示信息，从而，终端设备A可以根据该调度请求消息2，确定来自于该终端设备B的数据(即，数据2)需要发送至网络设备。
从而，终端设备A可以根据该调度请求消息2，从如上所述确定的资源池中，确定用于传输该数据2的无线资源(例如，时频资源)，以下，为了便于理解和说明，记做：无线资源2-1。
作为示例而非限定，例如，终端设备A每次分配的资源的大小可以是固定的，即，该无线资源2-1的大小可以是由例如，通信协议等预选规定的。
或者，作为示例而非限定，可选地，该调度请求消息2可以包括数据2的大小的指示信息。从而，终端设备A能够基于数据2的大小，确定无线资源2-1。
或者，作为示例而非限定，可选地，该调度请求消息2可以包括数据2 所属于的业务的业务类型的指示信息。从而，终端设备A能够基于数据2属于的业务的业务类型，确定无线资源2-1。作为示例而非限定，例如，如果该数据2所属于的业务为例如，视频业务等需要连续(例如，在时域上连续)传输的业务，则终端设备A可以确定连续的资源作为无线资源2-1。
在如上所述确定了无线资源2之后，终端设备A可以向终端设备B发送无线资源2-1的指示信息，从而，终端设备B可以通过该无线资源2-1发送数据2。作为示例而非限定，该无线资源2-1的指示信息可以用于指示该无线资源2在时域或频域上的位置。并且，在本发明实施例中，在终端上合并B发送的携带有该数据2的数据包中可以携带用于指示该数据2需要发送至网络设备的指示信息，例如，携带有该数据2的数据包的目的地址字段可以携带网络设备的地址。
从而，终端设备A可以向网络设备发送该数据2，作为示例而非限定，终端设备A可以基于网络设备调度的资源发送该数据2，并且，作为示例而非限定，终端设备还可以向网络设备发送用于指示该数据2来自于终端设备B的指示信息。
另外，终端设备A还可以向终端设备B发送探测信号，从而，终端设备B能够根据终端设备A发送的探测信号，对终端设备A与终端设备B之间的信道进行信道估计，以确定针对该数据2的发送参数，例如，发送功率、调制编码方式、速率匹配方式或多天线技术模式、HARQ冗余版本编号等。
并且，终端设备A在接收到上述数据2后，还可以向终端设备B发送针对该数据2的反馈信息(以下，为了便于理解和区分，记做：反馈信息2)。
此情况下，终端设备A可以确定用于承载该反馈信息2的无线资源(以下，为了便于理解和区分，记做：无线资源2-2)。
作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中，终端设备A每次分配的资源的大小可以是固定的，即，该无线资源2-2的大小可以是由例如，通信协议等预选规定的。
或者，作为示例而非限定，可选地，终端设备A能够基于反馈信息2的大小，确定无线资源2-2。
在如上所述确定了无线资源2-2之后，终端设备A可以通过该无线资源2-2发送针对数据2的反馈信息2。
可选地，在本发明实施例中，终端设备A可以向终端设备B发送无线 资源2-2的指示信息，从而，终端设备B可以在该无线资源2-2上接收反馈信息。
应理解，以上列举的终端设备B接收反馈信息2的方式仅为示例性说明，本发明并未限定于此，例如，终端设备B还可以采用盲检测的方式接收反馈信息2，例如，终端设备A可以在携带有该反馈信息2的数据包中封装入终端设备B的设备信息，从而，终端设备B在检测到携带有该终端设备B的设备信息的数据包时，可以确定该数据包中携带有需要发送至终端设备B的数据(例如，上述反馈信息2)，进而可以对该数据包进行例如解封装处理等，进而获取该反馈信息2。
可选地，该方法还包括：
该第一终端设备接收网络设备发送的第五数据，该第五数据是需要发送至该第二终端设备的数据；
该第一终端设备通过第一无线资源向该第二终端设备发送该第五数据。
具体地说，例如，如果群组#1内的终端设备B(即，第二终端设备的一例)所处的位置不在网络设备的覆盖范围内，且该网络设备需要向终端设备B发送数据(即，第五数据的一例，以下，为了便于理解和区分，记做：数据3)时，网络设备可以将该数据3发送给终端设备A，并且，可选择，承载有该数据3的数据中可以携带有用于指示该数据3是需要发送至终端设备B的指示信息。
从而，终端设备A可以确定该数据3需要发送至终端设备B，并确定用于承载该数据3无线资源(例如，时频资源)，以下，为了便于理解和说明，记做：无线资源3-1。
作为示例而非限定，例如，终端设备A每次分配的资源的大小可以是固定的，即，该无线资源3-1的大小可以是由例如，通信协议等预选规定的。
或者，作为示例而非限定，可选地，终端设备A可以基于数据3的大小，确定无线资源3-1。
或者，作为示例而非限定，可选地，终端设备A可以基于数据3属于的业务的业务类型，确定无线资源3-1。作为示例而非限定，例如，如果该数据3所属于的业务为例如，视频业务等需要连续(例如，在时域上连续)传输的业务，则终端设备A可以确定连续的资源作为无线资源3-1。
在如上所述确定了无线资源3-1之后，终端设备A可以通过该无线资源 3-1向终端设备B发送数据3。
可选地，终端设备A可以向终端设备B发送无线资源3-1的指示信息，从而，终端设备B可以通过该无线资源3-1接收数据3。作为示例而非限定，该无线资源3-1的指示信息可以用于指示该无线资源3-1在时域或频域上的位置。
应理解，以上列举的终端设备B接收数据3的方式仅为示例性说明，本发明并未限定于此，例如，终端设备B还可以采用盲检测的方式接收数据3，例如，终端设备A可以在携带有该数据3的数据包中封装入终端设备B的设备信息，从而，终端设备F在检测到携带有该终端设备B的设备信息的数据包时，可以确定该数据包中携带有需要发送至终端设备B的数据(例如，数据3)，进而可以对该数据包进行例如解封装处理等，进而获取该数据3。
另外，终端设备A还可以指示终端设备B发送探测信号，从而，终端设备A能够根据终端设备B发送的探测信号，对终端设备A与终端设备B之间的信道进行信道估计，以确定针对该数据3的发送参数，例如，发送功率、调制编码方式、速率匹配方式或多天线技术模式、HARQ冗余版本编号等。
并且，终端设备B在接收到上述数据3后，还可以向终端设备A发送针对该数据3的反馈信息(以下，为了便于理解和区分，记做：反馈信息3)。
此情况下，终端设备B可以向终端设备A发送调度请求消息(以下，为了便于理解和区分，记做：调度请求消息3)，以请求终端设备A为终端设备B发送用于承载该反馈信息3的无线资源(以下，为了便于理解和区分，记做：无线资源3-2)。
作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中，终端设备A每次分配的资源的大小可以是固定的，即，该无线资源3-2的大小可以是由例如，通信协议等预选规定的。
或者，作为示例而非限定，可选地，该调度请求消息3-2可以包括用于指示该终端设备B发送的数据为反馈信息的指示标识。从而，终端设备A能够基于该指示标识，确定无线资源3-2。
在如上所述确定了无线资源3-2之后，终端设备A可以向终端设备B发送无线资源3-2的指示信息，从而，终端设备B可以通过该无线资源3-2发送针对数据3的反馈信息3。作为示例而非限定，该无线资源3-2的指示信 息可以用于指示该无线资源3-2在时域或频域上的位置。
情况γ
具体地说，在本发明实施例中，通信系统中可能同时存在多个(至少两个)群组，如果群组#1的中心终端设备(即，终端设备A)位于其他群组(即，第三群组的一例以下，为了便于理解和区分，记做：群组#3)的中心终端设备(以下，为了便于理解和区分，记做：终端设备G)的覆盖范围内，则终端设备A可能会接收到终端设备G发送的用于承载群组#3的群组标识(以下，为了便于理解和区分，记做：群组ID#3)的广播信号(即，即，第二群组广播信号的一例，以下，为了便于理解和区分，记做：广播信号#3)。
可选地，如果终端设备A确定该广播信号#3的信号强度大于或等于预设的功率门限值(以下为了便于理解，记做：Lproximity)，则，终端设备A可以发起与终端设备G之间的信息交互过程。另外，可选地，在终端设备A确定该广播信号#3的信号强度大于或等于Lproximity之后，终端设备A可以进一步确定广播信号#3的信号强度大于或等于Lproximity的时长是否超过预设的时长门限值(以下为了便于理解，记做：Rproximity)，并在判定为“是”的情况下，终端设备A可以发起与终端设备G之间的信息交互过程。
或者，可选地，终端设备A可以基于该广播信号#3，确定该终端设备A与该终端设备B之间的距离。例如，当广播信号#3携带有终端设备G的位置的指示信息时，终端设备A可以根据该指示信息确定终端设备G的位置，并且可以基于GPS等技术确定终端设备A的位置，进而终端设备A能够该终端设备A与该终端设备G之间的距离。或者，可以通过实现确定各种信号强度与各种距离值之间的映射关系，从而终端设备A可以根据广播信号#3的信号强度，从该映射关系中查找到与该广播信号#3的信号强度相对应的距离值，作为该终端设备A与该终端设备G之间的距离。如果终端设备A确定该终端设备A与该终端设备G之间的距离小于或等于预设的距离门限值(以下为了便于理解，记做：Sproximity)，则终端设备A可以发起与终端设备G之间的信息交互过程。另外，可选地，在终端设备A确定该终端设备A与该终端设备G之间的距离小于或等于Sproximity之后，终端设备A可以进一步确定终端设备A与该终端设备G之间的距离小于或等于Sproximity的时长是否超过Rproximity，并在判定为“是”的情况下，终端设备A可以发起与终端设备G之间的信息交互过程。
或者，上述终端设备G可以基于来自终端设备A的广播信号#1判定是否发起与终端设备A之间的信息交互过程，并且，该判定过程与上述终端设备A基于广播信号#3的判定过程相似，这里，为了避免赘述，省略其详细说明。
作为示例而非限定，作为上述信息交互过程可以为针对群组所包括的终端设备(可以包括成员终端设备和终端中心设备)的指示信息的交互过程，可以列举以下方式，例如，终端设备A可以向终端设备G发送握手信号(REQHANDSHAKE)，终端设备G在接收到该握手信号后，可以判定是否与该终端设备A共享群组(群组#1和/或群组#3)的终端设备的信息，作为示例而非限定，终端设备G可以基于用户或管理员设置的用于指示是否允许与其他群组共享终端设备的信息进行上述判定。
如果终端设备G判定为不可以与该终端设备A共享群组的成员终端设备的信息，则终端设备G可以向终端设备A发送拒绝响应信号(NACKHANDSHAKE)，从而，终端设备A可以根据拒绝响应信号，确定不可以与该终端设备G传输群组(群组#1和/或群组#3)的成员终端设备的信息。
如果终端设备G判定为可以与该终端设备A共享群组的成员终端设备的信息，则终端设备G可以向终端设备A发送接受响应信号(ACKHANDSHAKE)，从而，终端设备A可以根据接受响应信号，确定可以与该终端设备G传输群组(群组#1和/或群组#3)的成员终端设备的信息。
例如，终端设备A可以将群组#1包括的各终端设备(可以包括成员终端设备和终端中心设备)的组内标识的指示信息发送至终端设备G。
再例如，终端设备G可以将群组#3包括的各终端设备(可以包括成员终端设备和终端中心设备)的组内标识的指示信息发送至终端设备A。
可选地，如果终端设备G判定为可以与该终端设备A共享群组的成员终端设备的信息，则该终端设备A可以将终端设备G作为群组#1的成员终端设备，并且，该终端设备G可以将终端设备A作为群组#3的成员终端设备。
从而，在本发明实施例中，终端设备B可以向群组#3中的终端设备(以下，为了便于理解和区分，记做：终端设备H)发送数据。
即，可选地，该方法还包括：
该第一终端设备通过第一无线资源接收该第二终端设备发送的第二数据，该第二数据是需要发送至第八终端设备的数据，该第八终端设备属于该第三群组；
该第一终端设备确定第三无线资源，该第三无线资源是该第三群组的中心终端设备分配给该第一终端设备的；
该第一终端设备通过该第三无线资源向该第三群组的中心终端设备或该第八终端设备发送该第二数据。
具体地说，例如，当群组#1内的终端设备B(即，第二终端设备的一例)需要向群组#3内的一个或多个成员终端设备(即，第八终端设备的一例，以下，为了便于理解和说明，记做：终端设备J)发送数据(以下，为了便于理解和说明，记做：数据4)时，终端设备B可以向终端设备A发送资源调度请求消息(以下，为了便于理解和区分，记做：调度请求消息4-1)。
从而，终端设备A可以根据该调度请求消息4-1，从如上所述确定的资源池中，确定用于传输该数据4的无线资源(例如，时频资源)，以下，为了便于理解和说明，记做：无线资源4-1。
作为示例而非限定，例如，终端设备A每次分配的资源的大小可以是固定的，即，该无线资源4-1的大小可以是由例如，通信协议等预选规定的。
或者，作为示例而非限定，可选地，该调度请求消息4-1可以包括数据4的大小的指示信息。从而，终端设备A能够基于数据4的大小，确定无线资源4-1。
或者，作为示例而非限定，可选地，该调度请求消息4-1可以包括数据4所属于的业务的业务类型的指示信息。从而，终端设备A能够基于数据4属于的业务的业务类型，确定无线资源4-1。作为示例而非限定，例如，如果该数据4所属于的业务为例如，视频业务等需要连续(例如，在时域上连续)传输的业务，则终端设备A可以确定连续的资源作为无线资源4-1。
在如上所述确定了无线资源4-1之后，终端设备A可以向终端设备B发送无线资源4-1的指示信息，从而，终端设备B可以通过该无线资源4-1向终端设备A发送数据4。作为示例而非限定，该无线资源4-1的指示信息可以用于指示该无线资源4-1在时域或频域上的位置。
在本发明实施例中，调度请求消息4-1还可以包括用于指示该数据4需要发送至终端设备J的指示信息，作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中， 在携带有该数据4的数据包的目的地址字段可以携带有该终端设备J的组内标识，从而，终端设备A能够基于从终端设备H获取的群组#3所包括的终端设备的指示信息，确定该数据4需要发送至的终端设备(即，终端设备J)属于群组#3。
从而，终端设备A可以向终端设备H发送资源调度请求消息(以下，为了便于理解和区分，记做：调度请求消息4-2)。
从而，终端设备H可以根据该调度请求消息4-2，从群组#3的资源池中，确定用于传输该数据4的无线资源(例如，时频资源)，以下，为了便于理解和说明，记做：无线资源4-2。这里，群组#3的资源池确定过程与群组#1的资源池的确定过程相似，这里，为了避免赘述，省略其详细说明。
作为示例而非限定，例如，终端设备H每次分配的资源的大小可以是固定的，即，该无线资源4-2的大小可以是由例如，通信协议等预选规定的。
或者，作为示例而非限定，可选地，该调度请求消息4-2可以包括数据4的大小的指示信息。从而，终端设备H能够基于数据4的大小，确定无线资源4-2。
或者，作为示例而非限定，可选地，该调度请求消息4-2可以包括数据4所属于的业务的业务类型的指示信息。从而，终端设备H能够基于数据4属于的业务的业务类型，确定无线资源4-2。作为示例而非限定，例如，如果该数据4所属于的业务为例如，视频业务等需要连续(例如，在时域上连续)传输的业务，则终端设备H可以确定连续的资源作为无线资源4-2。
在如上所述确定了无线资源4-2之后，终端设备H可以向终端设备A发送无线资源4-2的指示信息。
从而，例如，终端设备A可以通过该无线资源4-2向终端设备H发送数据4。作为示例而非限定，该无线资源4-2的指示信息可以用于指示该无线资源4-2在时域或频域上的位置。在本发明实施例中，调度请求消息4-2还可以包括用于指示该数据4需要发送至终端设备J的指示信息，作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中，在携带有该数据4的数据包的目的地址字段可以携带有该终端设备J的组内标识，从而，终端设备H能够基于携带有该数据4的数据包的目的地址字携带的组内标识，将该数据4发送至终端设备J。这里，终端设备H向终端设备J发送数据的过程可以与上述终端设备A向群组#1中的终端设备(例如，终端设备B)发送数据的过程相似，这里，为 了避免赘述，省略其详细说明。
或者，例如，终端设备A可以通过该无线资源4-2向终端设备J发送数据4。此情况下，例如，调度请求消息4-2还可以包括用于指示该数据4需要发送至终端设备J的指示信息，从而，终端设备H可以确定该数据4需要发送至终端设备J，并向该终端设备J发送该无线资源4-2的指示信息，从而，终端设备J可以在该无线资源4-2上进行检测，以接收该数据4(或者说，携带有该数据4的无线信号)。或者，终端设备J还可以采用盲检测的方式接收数据4，例如，终端设备A可以在携带有该数据4的数据包中封装入终端设备J的设备信息，从而，终端设备A在检测到携带有该终端设备J的设备信息的数据包时，可以确定该数据包中携带有需要发送至终端设备J的数据(例如，数据4)，进而可以对该数据包进行例如解封装处理等，进而获取该数据4。
另外，在本发明实施例中，群组#3中的终端设备还可以向群组#1中的终端设备B发送数据，并且，该过程与上述数据4的传输过程相似，这里，为了避免赘述，省略其详细说明，即，该方法还包括：
该第一终端设备通过第四无线资源接收该第三群组的中心终端设备发送的第三数据，该第四无线资源是该第三群组的中心终端设备分配的，该第三数据是需要发送至该第二终端设备的数据；
该第一终端设备通过第一无线资源向该第二终端设备发送该第三数据。
7.产生新的群组中心节点
可选地，该方法还包括：
该第一终端设备发送第三请求消息，该第三请求消息用于指示该第一终端设备请求变更该第一群组的中心终端设备；
该第一终端设备接收第九终端设备发送的第四请求消息，该第九终端设备属于该第一群组的成员终端设备，该第四请求消息用于指示该第九终端设备请求作为该第一群组的中心终端设备，该第四请求消息是该第九终端设备根据该第三请求消息发送的；
该第一终端设备根据该第四请求消息，确定该第九终端设备作为该第一群组的中心终端设备。
具体地说，在本发明实施例中，终端设备A可以监控自身的通信情况，并根据自身的通信情况确定是否能够继续作为群组#1的中心终端设备。
在该第一终端设备发送第三请求消息之前，该方法还包括：
该第一终端设备确定当前电量小于或等于预设阈值；或
该第一终端设备确定与该第一群组中的各成员终端设备之间的距离满足预设条件；或
该第一终端设备与网络设备之间的通信连接中断。
具体地说，作为示例而非限定，终端设备A可以在自身的通信情况满足以下条件时，确定不能继续作为群组#1的中心终端设备。
条件1，当终端设备A为电池供电的终端设备时，终端设备A可以检测自身的当前电量，并且，在当前电量小于或等于预设阈值(预设的电量值)时，终端设备A可以确定不能继续作为群组#1的中心终端设备，并且可以发起后续中心终端设备变更流程。
条件2，终端设备A可以检测与群组#1的各终端设备之间的距离，并且，例如，在该终端设备A与群组#1的规定数量(例如，群组#1的成员终端设备的数量的一半)的终端设备之间的距离大于预设阈值(预设的距离值)时，终端设备A可以确定不能继续作为群组#1的中心终端设备，并且可以发起后续中心终端设备变更流程。
条件3，当终端设备A为具有网络连接的终端设备时，终端设备A可以检测自身的网络连接情况，并且，在终端设备A失去网络连接(即，与网络设备的通信中断)或者网络连接较差(例如，信干噪比大于预设的噪声阈值)时，终端设备A可以确定不能继续作为群组#1的中心终端设备，并且可以发起后续中心终端设备变更流程。
应理解，以上列举的判定发起中心终端设备变更流程的条件仅为示例性说明，本发明并未限定于此，该条件可以根据具体使用情况任意设定。
下面，对中心终端设备变更流程进行示例性说明。
例如，作为示例而非限定，终端设备A可以向群组#1内的所有成员终端设备广播退位(step down)申请消息。群组#1内的成员终端设备在接收到该退位申请消息后，可以判定自身是否能够作为群组#1的中心终端设备。作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中，可以使用与上述条件1～3相似的条件进行上述判定过程。或者，也可以基于在上述建立群组过程中描述的各成员中心终端设备所生成的序列进行上述判定过程，例如，除终端设备A以外的终端设备中，所生成的序列最大或最小的终端设备可以判定为能够作为群 组#1的中心终端设备。并且，确定能够作为群组#1的中心终端设备的成员终端设备(以下，为了便于理解和区分，记做：终端设备P)可以反馈确定响应信息ACKstepdown。从而，终端设备A可以将发送该确定响应信息的终端设备作为群组#1的新的中心终端设备。需要说明的是，当有多个终端设备发送了确定响应信息时，终端设备A可以基于预设的规则(例如，通信协议规定或管理员设定的规则)选择一个终端设备作为群组#1的新的中心终端设备
或者，作为示例而非限定，终端设备A可以从群组#1的成员终端设备中选择一个或多个成员终端设备作为备选终端设备，并向该备选终端设备发送转换请求消息，各备选终端设备可以判定自身是否能够作为群组#1的中心终端设备，并再确定能够作为群组#1的中心终端设备时，向该终端设备A反馈接受消息。从而，终端设备A可以将发送该接受消息的终端设备作为群组#1的新的中心终端设备。需要说明的是，当有多个终端设备发送了确定接受消息时，终端设备A可以基于预设的规则(例如，通信协议规定或管理员设定的规则)选择一个终端设备作为群组#1的新的中心终端设备。
其后，终端设备A可以向群组#1的新的中心终端设备传递群组#1的各终端设备的上下文。
群组#1的新的中心终端设备可以在下一个广播周期开始广播群组广播信号。
终端设备A可以作为群组#1的成员终端设备，并在下一个广播周期开始之前停止广播群组广播信号
根据本发明实施例的用于设备间通信的方法，通过使至少两个终端设备协商确定一个群组内的中心终端设备和成员终端设备，能够通过该群组内中心终端设备为该群组内的成员终端设备分配用于进行设备间通信的无线资源，从而，即使在没有蜂窝网络的配合的情况下(例如，现有的V2V通信技术，或者，没有网络设备覆盖的D2D通信技术)，也能够实现资源调度，从而能够有效的避免共享资源带来的碰撞问题，提高设备间通信的成功率、降低通信时延、扩大设备间通信的容量，提高设备间通信的可靠性。
图4示出了从成员终端设备角度描述的本发明一实施例的用于设备间通信的方法300的示意性流程图。
如图4所示，该方法300包括：
S310，第二终端设备确定作为第一群组的成员终端设备，其中，该第一群组包括中心终端设备和至少一个成员终端设备；
S320，该第二终端设备通过该第一群组的中心终端设备分配的第一无线资源进行设备间通信。
可选地，该第一终端设备确定作为第一群组的中心终端设备，包括：
该第二终端设备生成第二序列；
该第二终端设备发送第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该第二序列以及该第二终端设备的设备信息，其中，一个设备信息用于唯一地指示一个终端设备；
该第二终端设备接收第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示第一终端设备生成的第一序列以及该第一终端设备的设备信息；
在该第一序列与该第二序列之间的关系满足预设条件时，该第二终端设备确定第二终端设备作为该第一群组的成员终端设备。
可选地，该方法还包括：
在该第一序列与该第二序列之间的关系满足预设条件时，该第二终端设备确定该第一终端设备为该第一群组的中心终端设备。
可选地，该方法还包括：
该第二终端设备发送第二探测信号，以便于该第一终端设备在确定所接收到的第二探测信号的信号强度大于或等于第一预设强度之后发送该第一指示信息，或者，该第一终端设备在确定基于所接收到的第二探测信号确定的该第一终端设备与该第二终端设备之间的距离小于或等于第一预设距离之后发送该第一指示信息。
可选地，该第二终端设备发送第二指示信息，包括：
该第二终端设备接收第一探测信号，该第一探测信号是该第一终端设备发送的；
该第二终端设备在确定所接收到的第一探测信号的信号强度大于或等于第一预设强度之后，发送该第二指示信息；或者
该第二终端设备基于所接收到的第一探测信号确定该第一终端设备与该第二终端设备之间的距离，并在确定该第一终端设备与该第二终端设备之间的距离小于或等于第一预设距离之后，发送第二指示信息。
可选地，该第一序列是该第一终端设备根据该第一终端设备的设备信息 确定的，以及
该第二终端生成第二序列，包括：
该第二终端设备根据该第二终端设备的设备信息，生成第二序列。
可选地，在该第二终端设备确定第二终端设备作为该第一群组的成员终端设备之前，该方法还包括：
该第二终端设备接收该第一终端设备发送第三指示信息，该第三指示信息用于指示该第一终端设备请求作为中心终端设备。
可选地，该方法还包括：
该第二终端设备在确定该第一序列与该第二序列之间的关系满足该预设条件时发送第四指示信息，该第四指示信息用于指示该第二终端设备同意第一终端设备作为该第一群组的中心终端设备
可选地，该方法还包括：
该第二终端设备接收该第一终端设备发送的第六指示信息，该第六指示信息用于指示该第一终端设备为该第二终端设备分配的组内标识；以及
该第二终端设备通过该第一群组的中心终端设备分配的第一无线资源进行设备间通信，包括：
该第二终端设备基于该组内标识，通过该第一群组的中心终端设备分配的第一无线资源进行设备间通信。
可选地，该方法还包括：
第二终端设接收该第一终端设备周期性发送的第一群组广播信号，该第一群组广播信号携带有该第一群组的群组标识以及该第一终端设备的设备信息，其中，该第一群组的群组标识是该第一终端设备确定的，一个群组标识用于唯一地指示一个设备群组。
可选地，在第二终端设备确定作为第一群组的成员终端设备之前，该方法还包括：
该第二终端设备在确定所接收到的第一群组广播信号的信号强度大于或等于第二预设强度之后，向该第一终端设备发送第一请求消息；或者
该第二终端设备在确定基于所接收到的第一群组广播信号确定的该第一终端设备与该第二终端设备之间的距离小于或等于第二预设距离之后，向该第一终端设备发送第一请求消息；
其中，该第一请求消息携带有该第二终端设备的设备信息，该第一请求 消息用于指示该第二终端设备请求加入该第一群组。
可选地，该方法还包括：
该第二终端设备在确定所接收到的第一群组广播信号的信号强度小于第二预设强度之后，或者，在确定基于所接收到的第一群组广播信号确定的该第一终端设备与该第二终端设备之间的距离大于第二预设距离之后，向该第一终端设备发送第二请求消息，该第二请求消息用于指示该第二成员终端设备请求退出该第一群组。
可选地，该方法还包括：
该第二终端设备在确定作为该第一群组的成员终端设备之后按照预设周期向该第一终端设备发送心跳信号；
该第二终端设备在确定所接收到的第一群组广播信号的信号强度小于第二预设强度之后停止发送该心跳信号；或者
该第二终端设备在确定基于所接收到的第一群组广播信号确定的该第一终端设备与该第二终端设备之间的距离大于第二预设距离之后停止发送该心跳信号。
可选地，该第二终端设备通过该第一群组的中心终端设备分配的第一无线资源进行设备间通信，包括：
该第二终端设备通过该第一无线资源向该第一群组中的第七终端设备发送第一数据。
可选地，该第二终端设备通过该第一群组的中心终端设备分配的第一无线资源进行设备间通信，包括：
该第二终端设备通过该第一无线资源向该第一终端设备发送第二数据，其中，该第二数据是需要发送至第八终端设备的数据，该第八终端设备属于第三群组。
可选地，该第二终端设备通过该第一群组的中心终端设备分配的第一无线资源进行设备间通信，包括：
该第二终端设备通过第一无线资源接收该第一终端设备发送的第三数据，其中，该第三数据是第三群组的中心终端设备发送通过第四无线资源发送给该第一终端设备的第三数据，该第四无线资源是该第三群组的中心终端设备分配的。
可选地，该方法还包括：
该第二终端设备通过第四无线资源接收第三群组的中心终端设备发送的第三数据，该第四无线资源是该第三群组的中心终端设备分配的。
可选地，该第二终端设备通过该第一群组的中心终端设备分配的第一无线资源进行设备间通信，包括：
该第二终端设备通过该第一无线资源向该第一终端设备发送第四数据，该第四数据是需要发送至网络设备的数据。
可选地，该第二终端设备通过该第一群组的中心终端设备分配的第一无线资源进行设备间通信，包括：
该第二终端设备通过第一无线资源接收该第一终端设备发送的第五数据，该第五数据是网络设备发送给该第一终端设备的。
可选地，该方法还包括：
该第二终端设备接收该第一终端设备发送的第三请求消息，该第三请求消息用于指示该第一终端设备请求变更该第一群组的中心终端设备；
该第二终端设备根据该第三请求消息，发送向该第一终端设备发送第四请求消息，该第四请求消息用于指示该第二终端设备请求作为该第一群组的中心终端设备。
在本发明实施例中，第二终端设备在该方法300中执行的各动作和处理过程与上述方法200中描述的终端设备B的各动作和处理过程相似，第一终端设备在该方法300中执行的各动作和处理过程与上述方法200中描述的终端设备A的各动作和处理过程相似这里，为了避免赘述，省略其详细说明。
根据本发明实施例的用于设备间通信的方法，通过使至少两个终端设备协商确定一个群组内的中心终端设备和成员终端设备，能够通过该群组内中心终端设备为该群组内的成员终端设备分配用于进行设备间通信的无线资源，从而，即使在没有蜂窝网络的配合的情况下(例如，现有的V2V通信技术，或者，没有网络设备覆盖的D2D通信技术)，也能够实现资源调度，从而能够有效的避免共享资源带来的碰撞问题，提高设备间通信的成功率、降低通信时延、扩大设备间通信的容量，提高设备间通信的可靠性。
以上，结合图1至图4详细说明了根据本发明实施例的用于设备间通信的方法，下面，结合图5和图6详细说明根据本发明实施例的用于设备间通信的装置。
图5示出了根据本发明实施例的用于设备间通信的装置400的示意性框 图，如图5所示，该装置400包括：
确定单元410，用于确定作为第一群组的中心终端设备，其中，该第一群组包括该中心终端设备和至少一个成员终端设备；
处理单元420，用于为第二终端设备分配第一无线资源，以便于该第二终端设备根据该第一无线资源进行设备间通信，其中，该第二终端设备属于该第一群组中的成员终端设备。
可选地，该确定单元410用于生成第一序列；
该装置400还包括：
发送单元420，用于发送第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该第一序列以及该装置400的设备信息，其中，一个设备信息用于唯一地指示一个终端设备；
接收单元430，用于接收至少一个第二指示信息，该至少一个第二指示信息与至少一个第三终端设备一一对应，每个第二指示信息用于指示所对应的第三终端设备生成的第二序列以及所对应的第三终端设备的设备信息；
该确定单元410用于在该第一序列与该第二序列之间的关系满足预设条件时，确定作为该第一群组的中心终端设备。
可选地，该确定单元410用于在该第一序列与该第二序列之间的关系满足预设条件时，确定该第三终端设备属于该第一群组的成员终端设备。
可选地，该发送单元420还用于发送第一探测信号，以便于该第三终端设备在确定所接收到的第一探测信号的信号强度大于或等于第一预设强度之后发送该第二指示信息，或者，该第三终端设备在确定基于所接收到的第一探测信号确定的该装置400与该第二终端设备之间的距离小于或等于第一预设距离之后发送该第二指示信息。
可选地，该接收单元430还用于接收第二探测信号，该第二探测信号是该第三终端设备发送的；
该确定单元410还用于在确定所接收到的第二探测信号的信号强度大于或等于第一预设强度之后，控制该发送单元420发送该第一指示信息；或者
该确定单元410还用于基于所接收到的第二探测信号确定该装置400与该第三终端设备之间的距离，并在确定该装置400与该第三终端设备之间的距离小于或等于第一预设距离之后，控制该发送单元420发送第一指示信息。
可选地，该第二序列是该第三终端设备根据该第三终端设备的设备信息 确定的，以及
该确定单元410具体用于根据该装置400的设备信息，生成第一序列。
可选地，该确定单元410还用于在该第一序列与该第二序列之间的关系满足预设条件时，控制该发送单元420发送第三指示信息，该第三指示信息用于指示该装置400请求作为中心终端设备。
可选地，该接收单元430还用于接收第四指示信息，该第四指示信息用于指示该第三终端设备同意装置400作为该第一群组的中心终端设备，该第四指示信息是该第三终端设备在确定该第一序列与该第二序列之间的关系满足该预设条件时发送的；
该确定单元410具体用于根据该第四指示信息，确定作为该第一群组的中心终端设备，并确定该第三终端设备属于该成员终端设备。
可选地，该第四指示信息还用于指示该第一序列。
可选地，该确定单元410具体用于在确定该发送单元420发送该第三指示信息之后的预设时段T内该接收单元430未接收到第五指示信息时，确定作为该第一群组的中心终端设备，并确定该第三终端设备属于该成员终端设备，其中，该第五指示信息用于指示该第三终端设备不同意该装置400作为该第一群组的中心终端设备。
可选地，该确定单元410还用于当该接收单元430在该预设时段T之后接收到该第五指示信息时，确定该第三终端设备不属于该第一群组。
可选地，该确定单元410还用于在确定该发送单元420发送该第三指示信息之后的预设时段T内该接收单元430接收到第五指示信息时，控制该发送单元420重新发送该第一指示信息，其中，该第五指示信息用于指示该第三终端设备不同意装置400作为该第一群组的中心终端设备。
可选地，该第五指示信息是该第三终端设备在确定该第一指示信息接收错误之后发送的，以及
该第五指示信息还用于指示该第一指示信息中接收错误的部分。
可选地，该处理单元420还用于为该第一群组中的每个终端设备分配组内标识，其中，一个组内标识用于唯一地指示该第一群组中的一个终端设备；
该装置400还包括：
发送单元420，用于发送第六指示信息，该第六指示信息用于指示该第一群组中的每个终端设备的组内标识，以便于该第一群组中的各终端设备之 间基于该组内标识进行设备间通信。
可选地，该确定单元410还用于确定该第一群组的群组标识，其中，一个群组标识用于唯一地指示一个设备群组；
该装置400还包括：
发送单元420，用于周期性发送第一群组广播信号，该第一群组广播信号携带有该第一群组的群组标识以及该装置400的设备信息。
可选地，该装置400还包括：
接收单元430，用于接收至少一个第二群组广播信号，该至少一个第二群组广播信号与至少一个第二群组一一对应，每个第二群组广播信号是所对应的第二群组的中心终端设备周期性发送的，每个第二群组广播信号承载有所对应的第二群组的群组标识以及所对应的第二群组的中心终端设备的设备信息；
该确定单元410还用于在确定该第二群组的群组标识与该第一群组的群组标识相同时，变更该第一群组的群组标识；或者
该确定单元410还用于在确定该第二群组的群组标识与该第一群组的群组标识相同时，控制该发送单元420发送第九指示信息，该第九指示信息用于指示该第二群组的中心终端设备变更该第二群组的群组标识。
可选地，该装置400还包括：
接收单元430，用于接收第四终端设备发送的第一请求消息，该第一请求消息携带有该第四终端设备的设备信息，该第一请求消息用于指示该第四终端设备请求加入该第一群组，该第一请求消息是该第二终端设备在确定所接收到的第一群组广播信号的信号强度大于或等于第二预设强度之后发送的，或者，该第一请求消息是该第二终端设备在确定基于所接收到的第一群组广播信号确定的该装置400与该第四终端设备之间的距离小于或等于第二预设距离之后发送的；
该确定单元410还用于根据该第一请求消息，确定该第四终端设备属于该第一群组的成员终端设备。
可选地，该装置400还包括：
接收单元430，用于接收该第一群组中的第五终端设备发送的第二请求消息，该第五终端设备属于该第一群组的成员终端设备，该第二请求消息用于指示该第五终端设备请求退出该第一群组，该第二请求消息是该第五终端 设备在确定所接收到的第一群组广播信号的信号强度小于第二预设强度之后发送的，或者，该第二请求消息是该第五终端设备在确定基于所接收到的第一群组广播信号确定的该装置400与该第五终端设备之间的距离大于第二预设距离之后发送的；
该确定单元410还用于根据该第二请求消息，确定第五终端设备不属于该第一群组的成员终端设备。
可选地，该装置400还包括：
接收单元430，用于第六终端设备发送的心跳信号，该第六终端设备属于该第一群组的成员终端设备，该心跳信号携带有该第六终端设备的设备信息，该心跳信号是该第六终端设备在确定作为该第一群组的成员终端设备之后按照预设周期发送的；
该确定单元410还用于在确定预设时长内该接收单元430未接收到该心跳信号时，确定该第六终端设备不属于该第一群组的成员终端设备，其中，该预设时长大于或等于该预设周期的时长，该第六终端设备在确定所接收到的第一群组广播信号的信号强度小于第二预设强度之后停止发送该心跳信号，或者，该第六终端设备在确定基于所接收到的第一群组广播信号确定的该装置400与该第六终端设备之间的距离大于第二预设距离之后停止发送该心跳信号。
可选地，该第一无线资源具体用于该第二终端设备向该第一群组中的第七终端设备发送第一数据。
可选地，该装置400还包括：
发送单元420，用于向该第七终端设备发送该第一无线资源的指示信息。
可选地，该装置400还包括：
发送单元420，用于向该第七终端设备发送第十指示信息，该第十指示信息用于指示该第七终端设备发送探测信号。
可选地，该处理单元420还用于为该第七终端设备分配第二无线资源，以便于该第七终端设备通过该第二无线资源发送针对该第一数据的反馈信息。
可选地，该装置400还包括：
接收单元430，用于接收第三群组广播信号，该第三群组广播信号是第三群组的中心终端设备周期性发送的，该第三群组广播信号承载有该第三群 组的群组标识以及该第三群组的中心终端设备的设备信息；
该确定单元410还用于根据该第三群组广播信号，控制发送单元420和该接收单元430与该第三群组的中心终端设备进行通信，以确定该第三群组包括的终端设备，并使该第三群组的中心终端设备端设备获知该第一群组包括的终端设备。
可选地，该装置400还包括：
接收单元430，用于通过第一无线资源接收该第二终端设备发送的第二数据，该第二数据是需要发送至第八终端设备的数据，该第八终端设备属于该第三群组；
该确定单元410还用于确定第三无线资源，该第三无线资源是该第三群组的中心终端设备分配给该装置400的；
发送单元420，用于通过该第三无线资源向该第三群组的中心终端设备或该第八终端设备发送该第二数据。
可选地，该装置400还包括：
接收单元430，用于通过第四无线资源接收该第三群组的中心终端设备发送的第三数据，该第四无线资源是该第三群组的中心终端设备分配的，该第三数据是需要发送至该第二终端设备的数据；
发送单元420，用于通过第一无线资源向该第二终端设备发送该第三数据。
可选地，该装置400还包括：
接收单元430，用于通过第一无线资源接收该第二终端设备发送的第四数据，该第四数据是需要发送至网络设备的数据；
发送单元420，用于向该网络设备发送该第四数据。
可选地，该装置400还包括：
接收单元430，用于接收网络设备发送的第五数据，该第五数据是需要发送至该第二终端设备的数据；
发送单元420，用于通过第一无线资源向该第二终端设备发送该第五数据。
可选地，该装置400还包括：
发送单元420，用于发送第三请求消息，该第三请求消息用于指示该装置400请求变更该第一群组的中心终端设备；
接收单元430，用于接收第九终端设备发送的第四请求消息，该第九终端设备属于该第一群组的成员终端设备，该第四请求消息用于指示该第九终端设备请求作为该第一群组的中心终端设备，该第四请求消息是该第九终端设备根据该第三请求消息发送的；
该装置400根据该第四请求消息，确定该第九终端设备作为该第一群组的中心终端设备。
可选地，该确定单元410还用于确定当前电量小于或等于预设阈值；或
该确定单元410还用于确定与该第一群组中的各成员终端设备之间的距离满足预设条件；或
该确定单元410还用于与网络设备之间的通信连接中断。
根据本发明实施例的用于设备间通信的装置400可对应于本发明实施例的方法中的第一终端设备(例如，终端设备A)，并且，用于设备间通信的装置400中的各单元即模块和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图2中的方法200的相应流程，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
根据本发明实施例的用于设备间通信的装置，通过使至少两个终端设备协商确定一个群组内的中心终端设备和成员终端设备，能够通过该群组内中心终端设备为该群组内的成员终端设备分配用于进行设备间通信的无线资源，从而，即使在没有蜂窝网络的配合的情况下(例如，现有的V2V通信技术，或者，没有网络设备覆盖的D2D通信技术)，也能够实现资源调度，从而能够有效的避免共享资源带来的碰撞问题，提高设备间通信的成功率、降低通信时延、扩大设备间通信的容量，提高设备间通信的可靠性。
图6示出了根据本发明实施例的用于设备间通信的装置500的示意性框图，如图6所示，该装置500包括：
确定单元510，用于确定作为第一群组的成员终端设备，其中，该第一群组包括中心终端设备和至少一个成员终端设备；
通信单元520，用于通过该第一群组的中心终端设备分配的第一无线资源进行设备间通信。
可选地，该确定单元510用于生成第二序列；
该通信单元520用于发送第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该第二序列以及该装置500的设备信息，其中，一个设备信息用于唯一地指示一个终端设备；
该通信单元520用于接收第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示第一终端设备生成的第一序列以及该第一终端设备的设备信息；
该确定单元510用于在该第一序列与该第二序列之间的关系满足预设条件时，确定作为该第一群组的成员终端设备。
可选地，该确定单元510用于在该第一序列与该第二序列之间的关系满足预设条件时，确定该第一终端设备为该第一群组的中心终端设备。
可选地，该通信单元520用于发送第二探测信号，以便于该第一终端设备在确定所接收到的第二探测信号的信号强度大于或等于第一预设强度之后发送该第一指示信息，或者，该第一终端设备在确定基于所接收到的第二探测信号确定的该第一终端设备与该装置500之间的距离小于或等于第一预设距离之后发送该第一指示信息。
可选地，该通信单元520用于接收第一探测信号，该第一探测信号是该第一终端设备发送的；
该确定单元510用于在确定该通信单元520接收到的第一探测信号的信号强度大于或等于第一预设强度之后，控制该通信单元520发送该第二指示信息；或者
该确定单元510用于基于该通信单元520接收到的第一探测信号确定该第一终端设备与该装置500之间的距离，并在确定该第一终端设备与该装置500之间的距离小于或等于第一预设距离之后，控制该通信单元520发送第二指示信息。
可选地，该第一序列是该第一终端设备根据该第一终端设备的设备信息确定的，以及
该确定单元510用于根据该装置500的设备信息，生成第二序列。
可选地，该通信单元520用于接收该第一终端设备发送第三指示信息，该第三指示信息用于指示该第一终端设备请求作为中心终端设备。
可选地，该确定单元510用于在确定该第一序列与该第二序列之间的关系满足该预设条件时控制该通信单元520发送第四指示信息，该第四指示信息用于指示该装置500同意第一终端设备作为该第一群组的中心终端设备
可选地，该通信单元520用于接收该第一终端设备发送的第六指示信息，该第六指示信息用于指示该第一终端设备为该装置500分配的组内标识；以及
该通信单元520用于基于该组内标识，通过该第一群组的中心终端设备分配的第一无线资源进行设备间通信。
可选地，该通信单元520用于接收该第一终端设备周期性发送的第一群组广播信号，该第一群组广播信号携带有该第一群组的群组标识以及该第一终端设备的设备信息，其中，该第一群组的群组标识是该第一终端设备确定的，一个群组标识用于唯一地指示一个设备群组。
可选地，该确定单元510用于在确定该通信单元520接收到的第一群组广播信号的信号强度大于或等于第二预设强度之后，控制该通信单元520向该第一终端设备发送第一请求消息；或者
该确定单元510用于在确定基于该通信单元520接收到的第一群组广播信号确定的该第一终端设备与该装置500之间的距离小于或等于第二预设距离之后，控制该通信单元520向该第一终端设备发送第一请求消息；
其中，该第一请求消息携带有该装置500的设备信息，该第一请求消息用于指示该装置500请求加入该第一群组。
可选地，该确定单元510用于在确定该通信单元520接收到的第一群组广播信号的信号强度小于第二预设强度之后，控制该通信单元520向该第一终端设备发送第二请求消息；或者
该确定单元510用于在确定基于该通信单元520接收到的第一群组广播信号确定的该第一终端设备与该装置500之间的距离大于第二预设距离之后，控制该通信单元520向该第一终端设备发送第二请求消息；
其中，该第二请求消息用于指示该第二成员终端设备请求退出该第一群组。
可选地，该确定单元510用于在确定作为该第一群组的成员终端设备之后，控制该通信单元520按照预设周期向该第一终端设备发送心跳信号；
该确定单元510用于在确定该通信单元520接收到的第一群组广播信号的信号强度小于第二预设强度之后，控制该通信单元520停止发送该心跳信号；或者
该确定单元510用于在确定基于该通信单元520接收到的第一群组广播信号确定的该第一终端设备与该装置500之间的距离大于第二预设距离之后，控制该通信单元520停止发送该心跳信号。
可选地，该通信单元520用于通过该第一无线资源向该第一群组中的第 七终端设备发送第一数据。
可选地，该通信单元520用于通过该第一无线资源向该第一终端设备发送第二数据，其中，该第二数据是需要发送至第八终端设备的数据，该第八终端设备属于第三群组。
可选地，该通信单元520用于通过第一无线资源接收该第一终端设备发送的第三数据，其中，该第三数据是第三群组的中心终端设备发送通过第四无线资源发送给该第一终端设备的第三数据，该第四无线资源是该第三群组的中心终端设备分配的。
可选地，该通信单元520用于通过第四无线资源接收第三群组的中心终端设备发送的第三数据，该第四无线资源是该第三群组的中心终端设备分配的。
可选地，该通信单元520用于通过该第一无线资源向该第一终端设备发送第四数据，该第四数据是需要发送至网络设备的数据。
可选地，该通信单元520用于通过第一无线资源接收该第一终端设备发送的第五数据，该第五数据是网络设备发送给该第一终端设备的。
可选地，该通信单元520用于接收该第一终端设备发送的第三请求消息，该第三请求消息用于指示该第一终端设备请求变更该第一群组的中心终端设备；
该通信单元520用于根据该第三请求消息，发送向该第一终端设备发送第四请求消息，该第四请求消息用于指示该装置500请求作为该第一群组的中心终端设备。
根据本发明实施例的用于设备间通信的装置500可对应于本发明实施例的方法中的第二终端设备(例如，终端设备B)，并且，用于设备间通信的装置500中的各单元即模块和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图4中的方法300的相应流程，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
根据本发明实施例的用于设备间通信的装置，通过使至少两个终端设备协商确定一个群组内的中心终端设备和成员终端设备，能够通过该群组内中心终端设备为该群组内的成员终端设备分配用于进行设备间通信的无线资源，从而，即使在没有蜂窝网络的配合的情况下(例如，现有的V2V通信技术，或者，没有网络设备覆盖的D2D通信技术)，也能够实现资源调度，从而能够有效的避免共享资源带来的碰撞问题，提高设备间通信的成功率、 降低通信时延、扩大设备间通信的容量，提高设备间通信的可靠性。
以上，结合图1至图4详细说明了根据本发明实施例的用于设备间通信的方法，下面，结合图7和图8详细说明根据本发明实施例的用于设备间通信的设备。
图7示出了根据本发明实施例的用于设备间通信的设备600的示意性框图，如图7所示，该设备600包括：处理器610和收发器620，处理器610和收发器620相连，可选地，该设备600还包括存储器630，存储器630与处理器610相连，进一步可选地，该设备600包括总线系统640。其中，处理器610、存储器630和收发器620可以通过总线系统640相连，该存储器630可以用于存储指令，该处理器610用于执行该存储器630存储的指令，以控制收发器620发送信息或信号，
该处理器610用于确定设备600作为第一群组的中心终端设备，其中，该第一群组包括该中心终端设备和至少一个成员终端设备；
该处理器610用于为第二终端设备分配第一无线资源，以便于该第二终端设备根据该第一无线资源进行设备间通信，其中，该第二终端设备属于该第一群组中的成员终端设备。
可选地，该处理器610用于生成第一序列；
该处理器610用于控制该收发器620发送第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该第一序列以及该设备600的设备信息，其中，一个设备信息用于唯一地指示一个终端设备；
该处理器610用于控制该收发器620接收至少一个第二指示信息，该至少一个第二指示信息与至少一个第三终端设备一一对应，每个第二指示信息用于指示所对应的第三终端设备生成的第二序列以及所对应的第三终端设备的设备信息；
该处理器610用于在该第一序列与该第二序列之间的关系满足预设条件时，确定设备600作为该第一群组的中心终端设备。
可选地，该处理器610用于在该第一序列与该第二序列之间的关系满足预设条件时，确定该第三终端设备属于该第一群组的成员终端设备。
可选地，该处理器610用于控制该收发器620发送第一探测信号，以便于该第三终端设备在确定所接收到的第一探测信号的信号强度大于或等于第一预设强度之后发送该第二指示信息，或者，该第三终端设备在确定基于 所接收到的第一探测信号确定的该设备600与该第二终端设备之间的距离小于或等于第一预设距离之后发送该第二指示信息。
可选地，该处理器610用于控制该收发器620接收第二探测信号，该第二探测信号是该第三终端设备发送的；
该处理器610用于在确定所接收到的第二探测信号的信号强度大于或等于第一预设强度之后，发送该第一指示信息；或者
该处理器610用于基于所接收到的第二探测信号确定该设备600与该第三终端设备之间的距离，并在确定该设备600与该第三终端设备之间的距离小于或等于第一预设距离之后，发送第一指示信息。
可选地，该处理器610用于根据该设备600的设备信息，生成第一序列。
可选地，该处理器610用于在该第一序列与该第二序列之间的关系满足预设条件时，该设备600发送第三指示信息，该第三指示信息用于指示该设备600请求作为中心终端设备。
可选地，该处理器610用于控制该收发器620接收第四指示信息，该第四指示信息用于指示该第三终端设备同意设备600作为该第一群组的中心终端设备，该第四指示信息是该第三终端设备在确定该第一序列与该第二序列之间的关系满足该预设条件时发送的；
该处理器610用于根据该第四指示信息，确定设备600为该第一群组的中心终端设备，并确定该第三终端设备属于该成员终端设备。
可选地，该第四指示信息还用于指示该第一序列。
可选地，该处理器610用于在确定发送该第三指示信息之后的预设时段T内未接收到第五指示信息时，确定设备600为该第一群组的中心终端设备，并确定该第三终端设备属于该成员终端设备，其中，该第五指示信息用于指示该第三终端设备不同意该设备600作为该第一群组的中心终端设备。
可选地，该处理器610用于在控制该收发器620在该预设时段T之后接收到该第五指示信息时，确定该第三终端设备不属于该第一群组。
可选地，该处理器610用于在确定发送该第三指示信息之后的预设时段T内接收到第五指示信息时，重新发送该第一指示信息，其中，该第五指示信息用于指示该第三终端设备不同意设备600作为该第一群组的中心终端设备。
可选地，该第五指示信息是该第三终端设备在确定该第一指示信息接收 错误之后发送的，以及
该第五指示信息还用于指示该第一指示信息中接收错误的部分。
可选地，该处理器610用于为该第一群组中的每个终端设备分配组内标识，其中，一个组内标识用于唯一地指示该第一群组中的一个终端设备；
该设备600发送第六指示信息，该第六指示信息用于指示该第一群组中的每个终端设备的组内标识，以便于该第一群组中的各终端设备之间基于该组内标识进行设备间通信。
可选地，该处理器610用于确定该第一群组的群组标识，其中，一个群组标识用于唯一地指示一个设备群组；
该处理器610用于控制该收发器620周期性发送第一群组广播信号，该第一群组广播信号携带有该第一群组的群组标识以及该设备600的设备信息。
可选地，该处理器610用于控制该收发器620检测至少一个第二群组广播信号，该至少一个第二群组广播信号与至少一个第二群组一一对应，每个第二群组广播信号是所对应的第二群组的中心终端设备周期性发送的，每个第二群组广播信号承载有所对应的第二群组的群组标识以及所对应的第二群组的中心终端设备的设备信息；
该处理器610用于在确定该第二群组的群组标识与该第一群组的群组标识相同时，变更该第一群组的群组标识；或者
该处理器610用于在确定该第二群组的群组标识与该第一群组的群组标识相同时，控制该收发器620发送第九指示信息，该第九指示信息用于指示该第二群组的中心终端设备变更该第二群组的群组标识。
可选地，该处理器610用于控制该收发器620接收第四终端设备发送的第一请求消息，该第一请求消息携带有该第四终端设备的设备信息，该第一请求消息用于指示该第四终端设备请求加入该第一群组，该第一请求消息是该第二终端设备在确定所接收到的第一群组广播信号的信号强度大于或等于第二预设强度之后发送的，或者，该第一请求消息是该第二终端设备在确定基于所接收到的第一群组广播信号确定的该设备600与该第四终端设备之间的距离小于或等于第二预设距离之后发送的；
该处理器610用于根据该第一请求消息，确定该第四终端设备属于该第一群组的成员终端设备。
可选地，该处理器610用于控制该收发器620接收该第一群组中的第五终端设备发送的第二请求消息，该第五终端设备属于该第一群组的成员终端设备，该第二请求消息用于指示该第五终端设备请求退出该第一群组，该第二请求消息是该第五终端设备在确定所接收到的第一群组广播信号的信号强度小于第二预设强度之后发送的，或者，该第二请求消息是该第五终端设备在确定基于所接收到的第一群组广播信号确定的该设备600与该第五终端设备之间的距离大于第二预设距离之后发送的；
该处理器610用于根据该第二请求消息，确定第五终端设备不属于该第一群组的成员终端设备。
可选地，该处理器610用于控制该收发器620检测第六终端设备发送的心跳信号，该第六终端设备属于该第一群组的成员终端设备，该心跳信号携带有该第六终端设备的设备信息，该心跳信号是该第六终端设备在确定作为该第一群组的成员终端设备之后按照预设周期发送的；
该处理器610用于在确定预设时长内未接收到该心跳信号时，确定该第六终端设备不属于该第一群组的成员终端设备，其中，该预设时长大于或等于该预设周期的时长，该第六终端设备在确定所接收到的第一群组广播信号的信号强度小于第二预设强度之后停止发送该心跳信号，或者，该第六终端设备在确定基于所接收到的第一群组广播信号确定的该设备600与该第六终端设备之间的距离大于第二预设距离之后停止发送该心跳信号。
可选地，该第一无线资源具体用于该第二终端设备向该第一群组中的第七终端设备发送第一数据。
可选地，该处理器610用于控制该收发器620向该第七终端设备发送该第一无线资源的指示信息。
可选地，该处理器610用于控制该收发器620向该第七终端设备发送第十指示信息，该第十指示信息用于指示该第七终端设备发送探测信号。
可选地，该处理器610用于为该第七终端设备分配第二无线资源，以便于该第七终端设备通过该第二无线资源发送针对该第一数据的反馈信息。
可选地，该处理器610用于控制该收发器620接收第三群组广播信号，该第三群组广播信号是第三群组的中心终端设备周期性发送的，该第三群组广播信号承载有该第三群组的群组标识以及该第三群组的中心终端设备的设备信息；
该处理器610用于根据该第三群组广播信号，与该第三群组的中心终端设备进行通信，以确定该第三群组包括的终端设备，并使该第三群组的中心终端设备端设备获知该第一群组包括的终端设备。
可选地，该处理器610用于控制该收发器620通过第一无线资源接收该第二终端设备发送的第二数据，该第二数据是需要发送至第八终端设备的数据，该第八终端设备属于该第三群组；
该处理器610用于确定第三无线资源，该第三无线资源是该第三群组的中心终端设备分配给该设备600的；
可选地，该处理器610用于控制该收发器620通过该第三无线资源向该第三群组的中心终端设备或该第八终端设备发送该第二数据。
可选地，该处理器610用于控制该收发器620通过第四无线资源接收该第三群组的中心终端设备发送的第三数据，该第四无线资源是该第三群组的中心终端设备分配的，该第三数据是需要发送至该第二终端设备的数据；
该处理器610用于控制该收发器620通过第一无线资源向该第二终端设备发送该第三数据。
可选地，该处理器610用于控制该收发器620通过第一无线资源接收该第二终端设备发送的第四数据，该第四数据是需要发送至网络设备的数据；
该处理器610用于控制该收发器620向该网络设备发送该第四数据。
可选地，该处理器610用于控制该收发器620接收网络设备发送的第五数据，该第五数据是需要发送至该第二终端设备的数据；
该处理器610用于控制该收发器620通过第一无线资源向该第二终端设备发送该第五数据。
可选地，该处理器610用于控制该收发器620发送第三请求消息，该第三请求消息用于指示该设备600请求变更该第一群组的中心终端设备；
该处理器610用于控制该收发器620接收第九终端设备发送的第四请求消息，该第九终端设备属于该第一群组的成员终端设备，该第四请求消息用于指示该第九终端设备请求作为该第一群组的中心终端设备，该第四请求消息是该第九终端设备根据该第三请求消息发送的；
该处理器610用于根据该第四请求消息，确定该第九终端设备作为该第一群组的中心终端设备。
可选地，该处理器610用于确定当前电量小于或等于预设阈值；或
该处理器610用于确定与该第一群组中的各成员终端设备之间的距离满足预设条件；或
该处理器610用于与网络设备之间的通信连接中断。
根据本发明实施例的用于设备间通信的设备600可对应于本发明实施例的方法中的第一终端设备(例如，终端设备A)，并且，用于设备间通信的设备600中的各单元即模块和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图2中的方法200的相应流程，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
根据本发明实施例的用于设备间通信的设备，通过使至少两个终端设备协商确定一个群组内的中心终端设备和成员终端设备，能够通过该群组内中心终端设备为该群组内的成员终端设备分配用于进行设备间通信的无线资源，从而，即使在没有蜂窝网络的配合的情况下(例如，现有的V2V通信技术，或者，没有网络设备覆盖的D2D通信技术)，也能够实现资源调度，从而能够有效的避免共享资源带来的碰撞问题，提高设备间通信的成功率、降低通信时延、扩大设备间通信的容量，提高设备间通信的可靠性。
图8示出了根据本发明实施例的用于设备间通信的设备700的示意性框图，如图8所示，该设备700包括：处理器710和收发器720，处理器710和收发器720相连，可选地，该设备700还包括存储器730，存储器730与处理器710相连，进一步可选地，该设备700包括总线系统740。其中，处理器710、存储器730和收发器720可以通过总线系统740相连，该存储器730可以用于存储指令，该处理器710用于执行该存储器730存储的指令，以控制收发器720发送信息或信号，
处理器710用于确定设备700作为第一群组的成员终端设备，其中，该第一群组包括中心终端设备和至少一个成员终端设备；
处理器710用于控制该收发器720通过该第一群组的中心终端设备分配的第一无线资源进行设备间通信。
可选地，处理器710用于生成第二序列；
处理器710用于控制该收发器720发送第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该第二序列以及该设备700的设备信息，其中，一个设备信息用于唯一地指示一个终端设备；
处理器710用于控制该收发器720接收第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示第一终端设备生成的第一序列以及该第一终端设备的设备信息；
处理器710用于在该第一序列与该第二序列之间的关系满足预设条件时，确定设备700作为该第一群组的成员终端设备。
可选地，处理器710用于在该第一序列与该第二序列之间的关系满足预设条件时，确定该第一终端设备为该第一群组的中心终端设备。
可选地，处理器710用于控制该收发器720发送第二探测信号，以便于该第一终端设备在确定所接收到的第二探测信号的信号强度大于或等于第一预设强度之后发送该第一指示信息，或者，该第一终端设备在确定基于所接收到的第二探测信号确定的该第一终端设备与该设备700之间的距离小于或等于第一预设距离之后发送该第一指示信息。
可选地，处理器710用于控制该收发器720接收第一探测信号，该第一探测信号是该第一终端设备发送的；
处理器710用于确定所接收到的第一探测信号的信号强度大于或等于第一预设强度之后，控制该收发器720发送该第二指示信息；或者
处理器710用于基于所接收到的第一探测信号确定该第一终端设备与该设备700之间的距离，并在确定该第一终端设备与该设备700之间的距离小于或等于第一预设距离之后，控制该收发器720发送第二指示信息。
可选地，该第一序列是该第一终端设备根据该第一终端设备的设备信息确定的，以及
处理器710用于根据该设备700的设备信息，生成第二序列。
可选地，处理器710用于控制该收发器720接收该第一终端设备发送第三指示信息，该第三指示信息用于指示该第一终端设备请求作为中心终端设备。
可选地，处理器710用于在确定该第一序列与该第二序列之间的关系满足该预设条件时控制该收发器720发送第四指示信息，该第四指示信息用于指示该设备700同意第一终端设备作为该第一群组的中心终端设备
可选地，处理器710用于控制该收发器720接收该第一终端设备发送的第六指示信息，该第六指示信息用于指示该第一终端设备为该设备700分配的组内标识；以及
处理器710用于控制该收发器720基于该组内标识，通过该第一群组的中心终端设备分配的第一无线资源进行设备间通信。
可选地，处理器710用于控制该收发器720设接收该第一终端设备周期 性发送的第一群组广播信号，该第一群组广播信号携带有该第一群组的群组标识以及该第一终端设备的设备信息，其中，该第一群组的群组标识是该第一终端设备确定的，一个群组标识用于唯一地指示一个设备群组。
可选地，处理器710用于在确定所接收到的第一群组广播信号的信号强度大于或等于第二预设强度之后，控制该收发器720向该第一终端设备发送第一请求消息；或者
处理器710用于在确定基于所接收到的第一群组广播信号确定的该第一终端设备与该设备700之间的距离小于或等于第二预设距离之后，控制该收发器720向该第一终端设备发送第一请求消息；
其中，该第一请求消息携带有该设备700的设备信息，该第一请求消息用于指示该设备700请求加入该第一群组。
可选地，处理器710用于在确定所接收到的第一群组广播信号的信号强度小于第二预设强度之后，或者，在确定基于所接收到的第一群组广播信号确定的该第一终端设备与该设备700之间的距离大于第二预设距离之后，控制该收发器720向该第一终端设备发送第二请求消息，该第二请求消息用于指示该第二成员终端设备请求退出该第一群组。
可选地，处理器710用于在确定作为该第一群组的成员终端设备之后，控制该收发器720按照预设周期向该第一终端设备发送心跳信号；
处理器710用于在确定所接收到的第一群组广播信号的信号强度小于第二预设强度之后，控制该收发器720停止发送该心跳信号；或者
处理器710用于在确定基于所接收到的第一群组广播信号确定的该第一终端设备与该设备700之间的距离大于第二预设距离之后，控制该收发器720停止发送该心跳信号。
可选地，处理器710用于控制该收发器720通过该第一无线资源向该第一群组中的第七终端设备发送第一数据。
可选地，处理器710用于控制该收发器720通过该第一无线资源向该第一终端设备发送第二数据，其中，该第二数据是需要发送至第八终端设备的数据，该第八终端设备属于第三群组。
可选地，处理器710用于控制该收发器720通过第一无线资源接收该第一终端设备发送的第三数据，其中，该第三数据是第三群组的中心终端设备发送通过第四无线资源发送给该第一终端设备的第三数据，该第四无线资源 是该第三群组的中心终端设备分配的。
可选地，处理器710用于控制该收发器720通过第四无线资源接收第三群组的中心终端设备发送的第三数据，该第四无线资源是该第三群组的中心终端设备分配的。
可选地，处理器710用于控制该收发器720通过该第一无线资源向该第一终端设备发送第四数据，该第四数据是需要发送至网络设备的数据。
可选地，处理器710用于控制该收发器720通过第一无线资源接收该第一终端设备发送的第五数据，该第五数据是网络设备发送给该第一终端设备的。
可选地，处理器710用于控制该收发器720接收该第一终端设备发送的第三请求消息，该第三请求消息用于指示该第一终端设备请求变更该第一群组的中心终端设备；
处理器710用于根据该第三请求消息，发送向该第一终端设备发送第四请求消息，该第四请求消息用于指示该设备700请求作为该第一群组的中心终端设备。
根据本发明实施例的用于设备间通信的设备700可对应于本发明实施例的方法中的第二终端设备(例如，终端设备B)，并且，用于设备间通信的设备700中的各单元即模块和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图4中的方法300的相应流程，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
根据本发明实施例的用于设备间通信的设备，通过使至少两个终端设备协商确定一个群组内的中心终端设备和成员终端设备，能够通过该群组内中心终端设备为该群组内的成员终端设备分配用于进行设备间通信的无线资源，从而，即使在没有蜂窝网络的配合的情况下(例如，现有的V2V通信技术，或者，没有网络设备覆盖的D2D通信技术)，也能够实现资源调度，从而能够有效的避免共享资源带来的碰撞问题，提高设备间通信的成功率、降低通信时延、扩大设备间通信的容量，提高设备间通信的可靠性。
应注意，本发明上述方法实施例可以应用于处理器中，或者由处理器实现。处理器可能是一种集成电路芯片，具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中，上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processor，DSP)、专用集成电路(Application Specific  Integrated Circuit，ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array，FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本发明实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本发明实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成，或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器，闪存、只读存储器，可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器，处理器读取存储器中的信息，结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。
可以理解，本发明实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器，或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中，非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(Read-Only Memory，ROM)、可编程只读存储器(Programmable ROM，PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable PROM，EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(Electrically EPROM，EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)，其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明，许多形式的RAM可用，例如静态随机存取存储器(Static RAM，SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(Dynamic RAM，DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(Synchronous DRAM，SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(Double Data Rate SDRAM，DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(Enhanced SDRAM，ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(Synchlink DRAM，SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(Direct Rambus RAM，DR RAM)。应注意，本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。
应理解，在本发明的各种实施例中，上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后，各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定，而不应对本发明实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。
本领普通技术人员可以意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法 来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本发明的范围。
所属领的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的系统、装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，所述单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外，在本发明各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本发明的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)执行本发明各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(ROM，Read-Only Memory)、随机存取存储器(RAM，Random Access Memory)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
以上所述，仅为本发明的具体实施方式，但本发明的保护范围并不局限于此，任何熟悉本技术领的技术人员在本发明揭露的技术范围内，可轻易想到变化或替换，都应涵盖在本发明的保护范围之内。因此，本发明的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (100)

  1. 一种用于设备间通信的方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    第一终端设备确定作为第一群组的中心终端设备，其中，所述第一群组包括所述中心终端设备和至少一个成员终端设备；
    所述第一终端设备为第二终端设备分配第一无线资源，以便于所述第二终端设备根据所述第一无线资源进行设备间通信，其中，所述第二终端设备属于所述第一群组中的成员终端设备。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一终端设备确定作为第一群组的中心终端设备，包括：
    所述第一终端设备生成第一序列；
    所述第一终端设备发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一序列以及所述第一终端设备的设备信息，其中，一个设备信息用于唯一地指示一个终端设备；
    所述第一终端设备接收至少一个第二指示信息，所述至少一个第二指示信息与至少一个第三终端设备一一对应，每个第二指示信息用于指示所对应的第三终端设备生成的第二序列以及所对应的第三终端设备的设备信息；
    在所述第一序列与所述第二序列之间的关系满足预设条件时，所述第一终端设备确定第一终端设备作为所述第一群组的中心终端设备。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    在所述第一序列与所述第二序列之间的关系满足预设条件时，所述第一终端设备确定所述第三终端设备属于所述第一群组的成员终端设备。
  4. 根据权利要求2或3所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端设备发送第一探测信号，以便于所述第三终端设备在确定所接收到的第一探测信号的信号强度大于或等于第一预设强度之后发送所述第二指示信息，或者，所述第三终端设备在确定基于所接收到的第一探测信号确定的所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的距离小于或等于第一预设距离之后发送所述第二指示信息。
  5. 根据权利要求2至4中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一终端设备发送第一指示信息，包括：
    所述第一终端设备接收第二探测信号，所述第二探测信号是所述第三终端设备发送的；
    所述第一终端设备在确定所接收到的第二探测信号的信号强度大于或等于第一预设强度之后，发送所述第一指示信息；或者
    所述第一终端设备基于所接收到的第二探测信号确定所述第一终端设备与所述第三终端设备之间的距离，并在确定所述第一终端设备与所述第三终端设备之间的距离小于或等于第一预设距离之后，发送第一指示信息。
  6. 根据权利要求2至5中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二序列是所述第三终端设备根据所述第三终端设备的设备信息确定的，以及
    所述第一终端生成第一序列，包括：
    所述第一终端设备根据所述第一终端设备的设备信息，生成第一序列。
  7. 根据权利要求2至6中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第一终端设备确定第一终端设备作为所述第一群组的中心终端设备之前，所述方法还包括：
    在所述第一序列与所述第二序列之间的关系满足预设条件时，所述第一终端设备发送第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备请求作为中心终端设备。
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一终端设备确定第一终端设备作为所述第一群组的中心终端设备，包括：
    第一终端设备接收第四指示信息，所述第四指示信息用于指示所述第三终端设备同意第一终端设备作为所述第一群组的中心终端设备，所述第四指示信息是所述第三终端设备在确定所述第一序列与所述第二序列之间的关系满足所述预设条件时发送的；
    第一终端设备根据所述第四指示信息，确定第一终端设备为所述第一群组的中心终端设备，并确定所述第三终端设备属于所述成员终端设备。
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第四指示信息还用于指示所述第一序列。
  10. 根据权利要求7所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一终端设备确定第一终端设备作为所述第一群组的中心终端设备，包括：
    所述第一终端设备在确定发送所述第三指示信息之后的预设时段T内未接收到第五指示信息时，确定第一终端设备为所述第一群组的中心终端设备，并确定所述第三终端设备属于所述成员终端设备，其中，所述第五指示信息用于指示所述第三终端设备不同意所述第一终端设备作为所述第一群 组的中心终端设备。
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端设备在所述预设时段T之后接收到所述第五指示信息时，确定所述第三终端设备不属于所述第一群组。
  12. 根据权利要求7所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第一终端设备确定第一终端设备作为所述第一群组的中心终端设备之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端设备在确定发送所述第三指示信息之后的预设时段T内接收到第五指示信息时，重新发送所述第一指示信息，其中，所述第五指示信息用于指示所述第三终端设备不同意第一终端设备作为所述第一群组的中心终端设备。
  13. 根据权利要求10至12中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第五指示信息是所述第三终端设备在确定所述第一指示信息接收错误之后发送的，以及
    所述第五指示信息还用于指示所述第一指示信息中接收错误的部分。
  14. 根据权利要求1至13中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端设备为所述第一群组中的每个终端设备分配组内标识，其中，一个组内标识用于唯一地指示所述第一群组中的一个终端设备；
    所述第一终端设备发送第六指示信息，所述第六指示信息用于指示所述第一群组中的每个终端设备的组内标识，以便于所述第一群组中的各终端设备之间基于所述组内标识进行设备间通信。
  15. 根据权利要求1至14中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    第一终端设备确定所述第一群组的群组标识，其中，一个群组标识用于指示一个设备群组；
    所述第一终端设备周期性发送第一群组广播信号，所述第一群组广播信号携带有所述第一群组的群组标识以及所述第一终端设备的设备信息。
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    第一终端设备检测至少一个第二群组广播信号，所述至少一个第二群组广播信号与至少一个第二群组一一对应，每个第二群组广播信号是所对应的第二群组的中心终端设备周期性发送的，每个第二群组广播信号承载有所对 应的第二群组的群组标识以及所对应的第二群组的中心终端设备的设备信息；
    所述第一终端设备在确定所述第二群组的群组标识与所述第一群组的群组标识相同时，变更所述第一群组的群组标识；或者
    所述第一终端设备在确定所述第二群组的群组标识与所述第一群组的群组标识相同时，发送第九指示信息，所述第九指示信息用于指示所述第二群组的中心终端设备变更所述第二群组的群组标识。
  17. 根据权利要求15或16所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端设备接收第四终端设备发送的第一请求消息，所述第一请求消息携带有所述第四终端设备的设备信息，所述第一请求消息用于指示所述第四终端设备请求加入所述第一群组，所述第一请求消息是所述第二终端设备在确定所接收到的第一群组广播信号的信号强度大于或等于第二预设强度之后发送的，或者，所述第一请求消息是所述第二终端设备在确定基于所接收到的第一群组广播信号确定的所述第一终端设备与所述第四终端设备之间的距离小于或等于第二预设距离之后发送的；
    所述第一终端设备根据所述第一请求消息，确定所述第四终端设备属于所述第一群组的成员终端设备。
  18. 根据权利要求15至17中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端设备接收所述第一群组中的第五终端设备发送的第二请求消息，所述第五终端设备属于所述第一群组的成员终端设备，所述第二请求消息用于指示所述第五终端设备请求退出所述第一群组，所述第二请求消息是所述第五终端设备在确定所接收到的第一群组广播信号的信号强度小于第二预设强度之后发送的，或者，所述第二请求消息是所述第五终端设备在确定基于所接收到的第一群组广播信号确定的所述第一终端设备与所述第五终端设备之间的距离大于第二预设距离之后发送的；
    所述第一终端设备根据所述第二请求消息，确定第五终端设备不属于所述第一群组的成员终端设备。
  19. 根据权利要求15至18中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端设备检测第六终端设备发送的心跳信号，所述第六终端设 备属于所述第一群组的成员终端设备，所述心跳信号携带有所述第六终端设备的设备信息，所述心跳信号是所述第六终端设备在确定作为所述第一群组的成员终端设备之后按照预设周期发送的；
    所述第一终端设备在确定预设时长内未接收到所述心跳信号时，确定所述第六终端设备不属于所述第一群组的成员终端设备，其中，所述预设时长大于或等于所述预设周期的时长，所述第六终端设备在确定所接收到的第一群组广播信号的信号强度小于第二预设强度之后停止发送所述心跳信号，或者，所述第六终端设备在确定基于所接收到的第一群组广播信号确定的所述第一终端设备与所述第六终端设备之间的距离大于第二预设距离之后停止发送所述心跳信号。
  20. 根据权利要求1至19中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一无线资源具体用于所述第二终端设备向所述第一群组中的第七终端设备发送第一数据。
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端设备向所述第七终端设备发送所述第一无线资源的指示信息。
  22. 根据权利要求20或21所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端设备向所述第七终端设备发送第十指示信息，所述第十指示信息用于指示所述第七终端设备发送探测信号。
  23. 根据权利要求20至22中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端设备为所述第七终端设备分配第二无线资源，以便于所述第七终端设备通过所述第二无线资源发送针对所述第一数据的反馈信息。
  24. 根据权利要求1至23中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    第一终端设备接收第三群组广播信号，所述第三群组广播信号是第三群组的中心终端设备周期性发送的，所述第三群组广播信号承载有所述第三群组的群组标识以及所述第三群组的中心终端设备的设备信息；
    所述第一终端设备根据所述第三群组广播信号，与所述第三群组的中心终端设备进行通信，以确定所述第三群组包括的终端设备，并使所述第三群组的中心终端设备端设备获知所述第一群组包括的终端设备。
  25. 根据权利要求1至24中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端设备通过第一无线资源接收所述第二终端设备发送的第二数据，所述第二数据是需要发送至第八终端设备的数据，所述第八终端设备属于所述第三群组；
    所述第一终端设备确定第三无线资源，所述第三无线资源是所述第三群组的中心终端设备分配给所述第一终端设备的；
    所述第一终端设备通过所述第三无线资源向所述第三群组的中心终端设备或所述第八终端设备发送所述第二数据。
  26. 根据权利要求1至25中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端设备通过第四无线资源接收所述第三群组的中心终端设备发送的第三数据，所述第四无线资源是所述第三群组的中心终端设备分配的，所述第三数据是需要发送至所述第二终端设备的数据；
    所述第一终端设备通过第一无线资源向所述第二终端设备发送所述第三数据。
  27. 根据权利要求1至26中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端设备通过第一无线资源接收所述第二终端设备发送的第四数据，所述第四数据是需要发送至网络设备的数据；
    所述第一终端设备向所述网络设备发送所述第四数据。
  28. 根据权利要求1至27中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端设备接收网络设备发送的第五数据，所述第五数据是需要发送至所述第二终端设备的数据；
    所述第一终端设备通过第一无线资源向所述第二终端设备发送所述第五数据。
  29. 根据权利要求1至28中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端设备发送第三请求消息，所述第三请求消息用于指示所述第一终端设备请求变更所述第一群组的中心终端设备；
    所述第一终端设备接收第九终端设备发送的第四请求消息，所述第九终端设备属于所述第一群组的成员终端设备，所述第四请求消息用于指示所述第九终端设备请求作为所述第一群组的中心终端设备，所述第四请求消息是所述第九终端设备根据所述第三请求消息发送的；
    所述第一终端设备根据所述第四请求消息，确定所述第九终端设备作为所述第一群组的中心终端设备。
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第一终端设备发送第三请求消息之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端设备确定当前电量小于或等于预设阈值；或
    所述第一终端设备确定与所述第一群组中的各成员终端设备之间的距离满足预设条件；或
    所述第一终端设备与网络设备之间的通信连接中断。
  31. 一种用于设备间通信的方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    第二终端设备确定作为第一群组的成员终端设备，其中，所述第一群组包括中心终端设备和至少一个成员终端设备；
    所述第二终端设备通过所述第一群组的中心终端设备分配的第一无线资源进行设备间通信。
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一终端设备确定作为第一群组的中心终端设备，包括：
    所述第二终端设备生成第二序列；
    所述第二终端设备发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第二序列以及所述第二终端设备的设备信息，其中，一个设备信息用于唯一地指示一个终端设备；
    所述第二终端设备接收第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示第一终端设备生成的第一序列以及所述第一终端设备的设备信息；
    在所述第一序列与所述第二序列之间的关系满足预设条件时，所述第二终端设备确定第二终端设备作为所述第一群组的成员终端设备。
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    在所述第一序列与所述第二序列之间的关系满足预设条件时，所述第二终端设备确定所述第一终端设备为所述第一群组的中心终端设备。
  34. 根据权利要求32或33所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第二终端设备发送第二探测信号，以便于所述第一终端设备在确定所接收到的第二探测信号的信号强度大于或等于第一预设强度之后发送所述第一指示信息，或者，所述第一终端设备在确定基于所接收到的第二探测信号确定的所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的距离小于或等于第一预设距离之后发送所述第一指示信息。
  35. 根据权利要求32至34中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二终端设备发送第二指示信息，包括：
    所述第二终端设备接收第一探测信号，所述第一探测信号是所述第一终端设备发送的；
    所述第二终端设备在确定所接收到的第一探测信号的信号强度大于或等于第一预设强度之后，发送所述第二指示信息；或者
    所述第二终端设备基于所接收到的第一探测信号确定所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的距离，并在确定所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的距离小于或等于第一预设距离之后，发送第二指示信息。
  36. 根据权利要求32至35中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一序列是所述第一终端设备根据所述第一终端设备的设备信息确定的，以及
    所述第二终端生成第二序列，包括：
    所述第二终端设备根据所述第二终端设备的设备信息，生成第二序列。
  37. 根据权利要求32至36中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第二终端设备确定第二终端设备作为所述第一群组的成员终端设备之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述第二终端设备接收所述第一终端设备发送第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备请求作为中心终端设备。
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第二终端设备在确定所述第一序列与所述第二序列之间的关系满足所述预设条件时发送第四指示信息，所述第四指示信息用于指示所述第二终端设备同意第一终端设备作为所述第一群组的中心终端设备。
  39. 根据权利要求31至38中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第二终端设备接收所述第一终端设备发送的第六指示信息，所述第六指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备为所述第二终端设备分配的组内标 识；以及
    所述第二终端设备通过所述第一群组的中心终端设备分配的第一无线资源进行设备间通信，包括：
    所述第二终端设备基于所述组内标识，通过所述第一群组的中心终端设备分配的第一无线资源进行设备间通信。
  40. 根据权利要求31至39中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    第二终端设接收所述第一终端设备周期性发送的第一群组广播信号，所述第一群组广播信号携带有所述第一群组的群组标识以及所述第一终端设备的设备信息，其中，所述第一群组的群组标识是所述第一终端设备确定的，一个群组标识用于指示一个设备群组。
  41. 根据权利要求40所述的方法，其特征在于，在第二终端设备确定作为第一群组的成员终端设备之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述第二终端设备在确定所接收到的第一群组广播信号的信号强度大于或等于第二预设强度之后，向所述第一终端设备发送第一请求消息；或者
    所述第二终端设备在确定基于所接收到的第一群组广播信号确定的所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的距离小于或等于第二预设距离之后，向所述第一终端设备发送第一请求消息；
    其中，所述第一请求消息携带有所述第二终端设备的设备信息，所述第一请求消息用于指示所述第二终端设备请求加入所述第一群组。
  42. 根据权利要求40或41所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第二终端设备在确定所接收到的第一群组广播信号的信号强度小于第二预设强度之后，或者，在确定基于所接收到的第一群组广播信号确定的所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的距离大于第二预设距离之后，向所述第一终端设备发送第二请求消息，所述第二请求消息用于指示所述第二成员终端设备请求退出所述第一群组。
  43. 根据权利要求40至42中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第二终端设备在确定作为所述第一群组的成员终端设备之后按照预设周期向所述第一终端设备发送心跳信号；
    所述第二终端设备在确定所接收到的第一群组广播信号的信号强度小 于第二预设强度之后停止发送所述心跳信号；或者
    所述第二终端设备在确定基于所接收到的第一群组广播信号确定的所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的距离大于第二预设距离之后停止发送所述心跳信号。
  44. 根据权利要求31至43中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二终端设备通过所述第一群组的中心终端设备分配的第一无线资源进行设备间通信，包括：
    所述第二终端设备通过所述第一无线资源向所述第一群组中的第七终端设备发送第一数据。
  45. 根据权利要求31至44中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二终端设备通过所述第一群组的中心终端设备分配的第一无线资源进行设备间通信，包括：
    所述第二终端设备通过所述第一无线资源向所述第一终端设备发送第二数据，其中，所述第二数据是需要发送至第八终端设备的数据，所述第八终端设备属于第三群组。
  46. 根据权利要求31至45中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二终端设备通过所述第一群组的中心终端设备分配的第一无线资源进行设备间通信，包括：
    所述第二终端设备通过第一无线资源接收所述第一终端设备发送的第三数据，其中，所述第三数据是第三群组的中心终端设备发送通过第四无线资源发送给所述第一终端设备的第三数据，所述第四无线资源是所述第三群组的中心终端设备分配的。
  47. 根据权利要求31至46中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第二终端设备通过第四无线资源接收第三群组的中心终端设备发送的第三数据，所述第四无线资源是所述第三群组的中心终端设备分配的。
  48. 根据权利要求31至47中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二终端设备通过所述第一群组的中心终端设备分配的第一无线资源进行设备间通信，包括：
    所述第二终端设备通过所述第一无线资源向所述第一终端设备发送第四数据，所述第四数据是需要发送至网络设备的数据。
  49. 根据权利要求31至48中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二终端设备通过所述第一群组的中心终端设备分配的第一无线资源进行设备间通信，包括：
    所述第二终端设备通过第一无线资源接收所述第一终端设备发送的第五数据，所述第五数据是网络设备发送给所述第一终端设备的。
  50. 根据权利要求31至49中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第二终端设备接收所述第一终端设备发送的第三请求消息，所述第三请求消息用于指示所述第一终端设备请求变更所述第一群组的中心终端设备；
    所述第二终端设备根据所述第三请求消息，发送向所述第一终端设备发送第四请求消息，所述第四请求消息用于指示所述第二终端设备请求作为所述第一群组的中心终端设备。
  51. 一种用于设备间通信的装置，其特征在于，所述装置包括：
    确定单元，用于确定作为第一群组的中心终端设备，其中，所述第一群组包括所述中心终端设备和至少一个成员终端设备；
    处理单元，用于为第二终端设备分配第一无线资源，以便于所述第二终端设备根据所述第一无线资源进行设备间通信，其中，所述第二终端设备属于所述第一群组中的成员终端设备。
  52. 根据权利要求51所述的装置，其特征在于，所述确定单元用于生成第一序列；
    所述装置还包括：
    发送单元，用于发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一序列以及所述装置的设备信息，其中，一个设备信息用于唯一地指示一个终端设备；
    接收单元，用于接收至少一个第二指示信息，所述至少一个第二指示信息与至少一个第三终端设备一一对应，每个第二指示信息用于指示所对应的第三终端设备生成的第二序列以及所对应的第三终端设备的设备信息；
    所述确定单元用于在所述第一序列与所述第二序列之间的关系满足预设条件时，确定作为所述第一群组的中心终端设备。
  53. 根据权利要求52所述的装置，其特征在于，所述确定单元用于在 所述第一序列与所述第二序列之间的关系满足预设条件时，确定所述第三终端设备属于所述第一群组的成员终端设备。
  54. 根据权利要求52或53所述的装置，其特征在于，所述发送单元还用于发送第一探测信号，以便于所述第三终端设备在确定所接收到的第一探测信号的信号强度大于或等于第一预设强度之后发送所述第二指示信息，或者，所述第三终端设备在确定基于所接收到的第一探测信号确定的所述装置与所述第二终端设备之间的距离小于或等于第一预设距离之后发送所述第二指示信息。
  55. 根据权利要求52至54中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述接收单元还用于接收第二探测信号，所述第二探测信号是所述第三终端设备发送的；
    所述确定单元还用于在确定所接收到的第二探测信号的信号强度大于或等于第一预设强度之后，控制所述发送单元发送所述第一指示信息；或者
    所述确定单元还用于基于所接收到的第二探测信号确定所述装置与所述第三终端设备之间的距离，并在确定所述装置与所述第三终端设备之间的距离小于或等于第一预设距离之后，控制所述发送单元发送第一指示信息。
  56. 根据权利要求52至55中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第二序列是所述第三终端设备根据所述第三终端设备的设备信息确定的，以及
    所述确定单元具体用于根据所述装置的设备信息，生成第一序列。
  57. 根据权利要求52至56中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述确定单元还用于在所述第一序列与所述第二序列之间的关系满足预设条件时，控制所述发送单元发送第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述装置请求作为中心终端设备。
  58. 根据权利要求57所述的装置，其特征在于，所述接收单元还用于接收第四指示信息，所述第四指示信息用于指示所述第三终端设备同意装置作为所述第一群组的中心终端设备，所述第四指示信息是所述第三终端设备在确定所述第一序列与所述第二序列之间的关系满足所述预设条件时发送的；
    所述确定单元具体用于根据所述第四指示信息，确定作为所述第一群组的中心终端设备，并确定所述第三终端设备属于所述成员终端设备。
  59. 根据权利要求58所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第四指示信息还 用于指示所述第一序列。
  60. 根据权利要求57所述的装置，其特征在于，所述确定单元具体用于在确定所述发送单元发送所述第三指示信息之后的预设时段T内所述接收单元未接收到第五指示信息时，确定作为所述第一群组的中心终端设备，并确定所述第三终端设备属于所述成员终端设备，其中，所述第五指示信息用于指示所述第三终端设备不同意所述装置作为所述第一群组的中心终端设备。
  61. 根据权利要求60所述的装置，其特征在于，所述确定单元还用于当所述接收单元在所述预设时段T之后接收到所述第五指示信息时，确定所述第三终端设备不属于所述第一群组。
  62. 根据权利要求57所述的装置，其特征在于，所述确定单元还用于在确定所述发送单元发送所述第三指示信息之后的预设时段T内所述接收单元接收到第五指示信息时，控制所述发送单元重新发送所述第一指示信息，其中，所述第五指示信息用于指示所述第三终端设备不同意装置作为所述第一群组的中心终端设备。
  63. 根据权利要求60至62中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第五指示信息是所述第三终端设备在确定所述第一指示信息接收错误之后发送的，以及
    所述第五指示信息还用于指示所述第一指示信息中接收错误的部分。
  64. 根据权利要求51至63中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理单元还用于为所述第一群组中的每个终端设备分配组内标识，其中，一个组内标识用于唯一地指示所述第一群组中的一个终端设备；
    所述装置还包括：
    发送单元，用于发送第六指示信息，所述第六指示信息用于指示所述第一群组中的每个终端设备的组内标识，以便于所述第一群组中的各终端设备之间基于所述组内标识进行设备间通信。
  65. 根据权利要求51至64中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述确定单元还用于确定所述第一群组的群组标识，其中，一个群组标识用于指示一个设备群组；
    所述装置还包括：
    发送单元，用于周期性发送第一群组广播信号，所述第一群组广播信号 携带有所述第一群组的群组标识以及所述装置的设备信息。
  66. 根据权利要求65所述的装置，其特征在于，所述装置还包括：
    接收单元，用于接收至少一个第二群组广播信号，所述至少一个第二群组广播信号与至少一个第二群组一一对应，每个第二群组广播信号是所对应的第二群组的中心终端设备周期性发送的，每个第二群组广播信号承载有所对应的第二群组的群组标识以及所对应的第二群组的中心终端设备的设备信息；
    所述确定单元还用于在确定所述第二群组的群组标识与所述第一群组的群组标识相同时，变更所述第一群组的群组标识；或者
    所述确定单元还用于在确定所述第二群组的群组标识与所述第一群组的群组标识相同时，控制所述发送单元发送第九指示信息，所述第九指示信息用于指示所述第二群组的中心终端设备变更所述第二群组的群组标识。
  67. 根据权利要求65或66所述的装置，其特征在于，所述装置还包括：
    接收单元，用于接收第四终端设备发送的第一请求消息，所述第一请求消息携带有所述第四终端设备的设备信息，所述第一请求消息用于指示所述第四终端设备请求加入所述第一群组，所述第一请求消息是所述第二终端设备在确定所接收到的第一群组广播信号的信号强度大于或等于第二预设强度之后发送的，或者，所述第一请求消息是所述第二终端设备在确定基于所接收到的第一群组广播信号确定的所述装置与所述第四终端设备之间的距离小于或等于第二预设距离之后发送的；
    所述确定单元还用于根据所述第一请求消息，确定所述第四终端设备属于所述第一群组的成员终端设备。
  68. 根据权利要求65至67中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述装置还包括：
    接收单元，用于接收所述第一群组中的第五终端设备发送的第二请求消息，所述第五终端设备属于所述第一群组的成员终端设备，所述第二请求消息用于指示所述第五终端设备请求退出所述第一群组，所述第二请求消息是所述第五终端设备在确定所接收到的第一群组广播信号的信号强度小于第二预设强度之后发送的，或者，所述第二请求消息是所述第五终端设备在确定基于所接收到的第一群组广播信号确定的所述装置与所述第五终端设备之间的距离大于第二预设距离之后发送的；
    所述确定单元还用于根据所述第二请求消息，确定第五终端设备不属于所述第一群组的成员终端设备。
  69. 根据权利要求65至68中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述装置还包括：
    接收单元，用于第六终端设备发送的心跳信号，所述第六终端设备属于所述第一群组的成员终端设备，所述心跳信号携带有所述第六终端设备的设备信息，所述心跳信号是所述第六终端设备在确定作为所述第一群组的成员终端设备之后按照预设周期发送的；
    所述确定单元还用于在确定预设时长内所述接收单元未接收到所述心跳信号时，确定所述第六终端设备不属于所述第一群组的成员终端设备，其中，所述预设时长大于或等于所述预设周期的时长，所述第六终端设备在确定所接收到的第一群组广播信号的信号强度小于第二预设强度之后停止发送所述心跳信号，或者，所述第六终端设备在确定基于所接收到的第一群组广播信号确定的所述装置与所述第六终端设备之间的距离大于第二预设距离之后停止发送所述心跳信号。
  70. 根据权利要求51至69中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一无线资源具体用于所述第二终端设备向所述第一群组中的第七终端设备发送第一数据。
  71. 根据权利要求70所述的装置，其特征在于，所述装置还包括：
    发送单元，用于向所述第七终端设备发送所述第一无线资源的指示信息。
  72. 根据权利要求70或71所述的装置，其特征在于，所述装置还包括：
    发送单元，用于向所述第七终端设备发送第十指示信息，所述第十指示信息用于指示所述第七终端设备发送探测信号。
  73. 根据权利要求70至72中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理单元还用于为所述第七终端设备分配第二无线资源，以便于所述第七终端设备通过所述第二无线资源发送针对所述第一数据的反馈信息。
  74. 根据权利要求51至73中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述装置还包括：
    接收单元，用于接收第三群组广播信号，所述第三群组广播信号是第三群组的中心终端设备周期性发送的，所述第三群组广播信号承载有所述第三 群组的群组标识以及所述第三群组的中心终端设备的设备信息；
    所述确定单元还用于根据所述第三群组广播信号，控制发送单元和所述接收单元与所述第三群组的中心终端设备进行通信，以确定所述第三群组包括的终端设备，并使所述第三群组的中心终端设备端设备获知所述第一群组包括的终端设备。
  75. 根据权利要求51至74中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述装置还包括：
    接收单元，用于通过第一无线资源接收所述第二终端设备发送的第二数据，所述第二数据是需要发送至第八终端设备的数据，所述第八终端设备属于所述第三群组；
    所述确定单元还用于确定第三无线资源，所述第三无线资源是所述第三群组的中心终端设备分配给所述装置的；
    发送单元，用于通过所述第三无线资源向所述第三群组的中心终端设备或所述第八终端设备发送所述第二数据。
  76. 根据权利要求51至75中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述装置还包括：
    接收单元，用于通过第四无线资源接收所述第三群组的中心终端设备发送的第三数据，所述第四无线资源是所述第三群组的中心终端设备分配的，所述第三数据是需要发送至所述第二终端设备的数据；
    发送单元，用于通过第一无线资源向所述第二终端设备发送所述第三数据。
  77. 根据权利要求51至76中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述装置还包括：
    接收单元，用于通过第一无线资源接收所述第二终端设备发送的第四数据，所述第四数据是需要发送至网络设备的数据；
    发送单元，用于向所述网络设备发送所述第四数据。
  78. 根据权利要求51至77中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述装置还包括：
    接收单元，用于接收网络设备发送的第五数据，所述第五数据是需要发送至所述第二终端设备的数据；
    发送单元，用于通过第一无线资源向所述第二终端设备发送所述第五数 据。
  79. 根据权利要求51至78中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述装置还包括：
    发送单元，用于发送第三请求消息，所述第三请求消息用于指示所述装置请求变更所述第一群组的中心终端设备；
    接收单元，用于接收第九终端设备发送的第四请求消息，所述第九终端设备属于所述第一群组的成员终端设备，所述第四请求消息用于指示所述第九终端设备请求作为所述第一群组的中心终端设备，所述第四请求消息是所述第九终端设备根据所述第三请求消息发送的；
    所述装置根据所述第四请求消息，确定所述第九终端设备作为所述第一群组的中心终端设备。
  80. 根据权利要求79所述的装置，其特征在于，所述确定单元还用于确定当前电量小于或等于预设阈值；或
    所述确定单元还用于确定与所述第一群组中的各成员终端设备之间的距离满足预设条件；或
    所述确定单元还用于与网络设备之间的通信连接中断。
  81. 一种用于设备间通信的装置，其特征在于，所述装置包括：
    确定单元，用于确定作为第一群组的成员终端设备，其中，所述第一群组包括中心终端设备和至少一个成员终端设备；
    通信单元，用于通过所述第一群组的中心终端设备分配的第一无线资源进行设备间通信。
  82. 根据权利要求81所述的装置，其特征在于，所述确定单元用于生成第二序列；
    所述通信单元用于发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第二序列以及所述装置的设备信息，其中，一个设备信息用于唯一地指示一个终端设备；
    所述通信单元用于接收第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示第一终端设备生成的第一序列以及所述第一终端设备的设备信息；
    所述确定单元用于在所述第一序列与所述第二序列之间的关系满足预设条件时，确定作为所述第一群组的成员终端设备。
  83. 根据权利要求82所述的装置，其特征在于，所述确定单元用于在 所述第一序列与所述第二序列之间的关系满足预设条件时，确定所述第一终端设备为所述第一群组的中心终端设备。
  84. 根据权利要求82或83所述的装置，其特征在于，所述通信单元用于发送第二探测信号，以便于所述第一终端设备在确定所接收到的第二探测信号的信号强度大于或等于第一预设强度之后发送所述第一指示信息，或者，所述第一终端设备在确定基于所接收到的第二探测信号确定的所述第一终端设备与所述装置之间的距离小于或等于第一预设距离之后发送所述第一指示信息。
  85. 根据权利要求82至84中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述通信单元用于接收第一探测信号，所述第一探测信号是所述第一终端设备发送的；
    所述确定单元用于在确定所述通信单元接收到的第一探测信号的信号强度大于或等于第一预设强度之后，控制所述通信单元发送所述第二指示信息；或者
    所述确定单元用于基于所述通信单元接收到的第一探测信号确定所述第一终端设备与所述装置之间的距离，并在确定所述第一终端设备与所述装置之间的距离小于或等于第一预设距离之后，控制所述通信单元发送第二指示信息。
  86. 根据权利要求82至85中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一序列是所述第一终端设备根据所述第一终端设备的设备信息确定的，以及
    所述确定单元用于根据所述装置的设备信息，生成第二序列。
  87. 根据权利要求82至86中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述通信单元用于接收所述第一终端设备发送第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备请求作为中心终端设备。
  88. 根据权利要求87所述的装置，其特征在于，所述确定单元用于在确定所述第一序列与所述第二序列之间的关系满足所述预设条件时控制所述通信单元发送第四指示信息，所述第四指示信息用于指示所述装置同意第一终端设备作为所述第一群组的中心终端设备。
  89. 根据权利要求81至88中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述通信单元用于接收所述第一终端设备发送的第六指示信息，所述第六指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备为所述装置分配的组内标识；以及
    所述通信单元用于基于所述组内标识，通过所述第一群组的中心终端设备分配的第一无线资源进行设备间通信。
  90. 根据权利要求81至89中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述通信单元用于接收所述第一终端设备周期性发送的第一群组广播信号，所述第一群组广播信号携带有所述第一群组的群组标识以及所述第一终端设备的设备信息，其中，所述第一群组的群组标识是所述第一终端设备确定的，一个群组标识用于指示一个设备群组。
  91. 根据权利要求90所述的装置，其特征在于，所述确定单元用于在确定所述通信单元接收到的第一群组广播信号的信号强度大于或等于第二预设强度之后，控制所述通信单元向所述第一终端设备发送第一请求消息；或者
    所述确定单元用于在确定基于所述通信单元接收到的第一群组广播信号确定的所述第一终端设备与所述装置之间的距离小于或等于第二预设距离之后，控制所述通信单元向所述第一终端设备发送第一请求消息；
    其中，所述第一请求消息携带有所述装置的设备信息，所述第一请求消息用于指示所述装置请求加入所述第一群组。
  92. 根据权利要求90或91所述的装置，其特征在于，所述确定单元用于在确定所述通信单元接收到的第一群组广播信号的信号强度小于第二预设强度之后，控制所述通信单元向所述第一终端设备发送第二请求消息；或者
    所述确定单元用于在确定基于所述通信单元接收到的第一群组广播信号确定的所述第一终端设备与所述装置之间的距离大于第二预设距离之后，控制所述通信单元向所述第一终端设备发送第二请求消息；
    其中，所述第二请求消息用于指示所述第二成员终端设备请求退出所述第一群组。
  93. 根据权利要求90至92中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述确定单元用于，在确定作为所述第一群组的成员终端设备之后，控制所述通信单元按照预设周期向所述第一终端设备发送心跳信号；
    所述确定单元用于在确定所述通信单元接收到的第一群组广播信号的信号强度小于第二预设强度之后，控制所述通信单元停止发送所述心跳信号；或者
    所述确定单元用于在确定基于所述通信单元接收到的第一群组广播信号确定的所述第一终端设备与所述装置之间的距离大于第二预设距离之后，控制所述通信单元停止发送所述心跳信号。
  94. 根据权利要求81至93中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述通信单元用于通过所述第一无线资源向所述第一群组中的第七终端设备发送第一数据。
  95. 根据权利要求81至94中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述通信单元用于通过所述第一无线资源向所述第一终端设备发送第二数据，其中，所述第二数据是需要发送至第八终端设备的数据，所述第八终端设备属于第三群组。
  96. 根据权利要求81至95中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述通信单元用于通过第一无线资源接收所述第一终端设备发送的第三数据，其中，所述第三数据是第三群组的中心终端设备发送通过第四无线资源发送给所述第一终端设备的第三数据，所述第四无线资源是所述第三群组的中心终端设备分配的。
  97. 根据权利要求81至96中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述通信单元用于通过第四无线资源接收第三群组的中心终端设备发送的第三数据，所述第四无线资源是所述第三群组的中心终端设备分配的。
  98. 根据权利要求81至97中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述通信单元用于通过所述第一无线资源向所述第一终端设备发送第四数据，所述第四数据是需要发送至网络设备的数据。
  99. 根据权利要求81至98中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述通信单元用于通过第一无线资源接收所述第一终端设备发送的第五数据，所述第五数据是网络设备发送给所述第一终端设备的。
  100. 根据权利要求81至99中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述通信单元用于接收所述第一终端设备发送的第三请求消息，所述第三请求消息用于指示所述第一终端设备请求变更所述第一群组的中心终端设备；
    所述通信单元用于根据所述第三请求消息，发送向所述第一终端设备发送第四请求消息，所述第四请求消息用于指示所述装置请求作为所述第一群组的中心终端设备。
PCT/CN2016/080803 2016-04-29 2016-04-29 用于设备间通信的方法和装置 WO2017185369A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018551468A JP6690012B2 (ja) 2016-04-29 2016-04-29 装置間通信のための方法及び装置
PCT/CN2016/080803 WO2017185369A1 (zh) 2016-04-29 2016-04-29 用于设备间通信的方法和装置
KR1020187029501A KR20190002449A (ko) 2016-04-29 2016-04-29 장비 간 통신 방법 및 장치
US16/085,549 US10575283B2 (en) 2016-04-29 2016-04-29 Method and device for inter-device communication
EP16899880.5A EP3410612B1 (en) 2016-04-29 2016-04-29 Method and device for inter-device communication
CN201680083004.8A CN108702205A (zh) 2016-04-29 2016-04-29 用于设备间通信的方法和装置
TW106111292A TWI725160B (zh) 2016-04-29 2017-03-31 用於設備間通信的方法和裝置
HK18114651.1A HK1255477A1 (zh) 2016-04-29 2018-11-15 用於設備間通信的方法和裝置

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2016/080803 WO2017185369A1 (zh) 2016-04-29 2016-04-29 用于设备间通信的方法和装置

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2017185369A1 true WO2017185369A1 (zh) 2017-11-02

Family

ID=60160530

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2016/080803 WO2017185369A1 (zh) 2016-04-29 2016-04-29 用于设备间通信的方法和装置

Country Status (8)

Country Link
US (1) US10575283B2 (zh)
EP (1) EP3410612B1 (zh)
JP (1) JP6690012B2 (zh)
KR (1) KR20190002449A (zh)
CN (1) CN108702205A (zh)
HK (1) HK1255477A1 (zh)
TW (1) TWI725160B (zh)
WO (1) WO2017185369A1 (zh)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2022502928A (ja) * 2018-09-26 2022-01-11 フラウンホーファー−ゲゼルシャフト・ツール・フェルデルング・デル・アンゲヴァンテン・フォルシュング・アインゲトラーゲネル・フェライン グループ通信のためのリソースプールの設計
US11864163B2 (en) 2018-09-26 2024-01-02 Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der angewandten Forschung e.V. V2X dynamic groupcast resource allocation

Families Citing this family (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109155986B (zh) * 2016-09-28 2020-07-24 华为技术有限公司 通信方法及终端
CN113273110A (zh) * 2019-01-11 2021-08-17 苹果公司 用于传输和接收非独立和独立物理侧链路共享信道的侧链路过程和结构
CN111294160B (zh) * 2019-01-15 2022-07-01 展讯通信（上海）有限公司 数据反馈资源的确定方法及装置
CN109862526A (zh) * 2019-01-28 2019-06-07 平安科技（深圳）有限公司 文件传输方法、装置、计算机设备和存储介质
US11901983B1 (en) * 2021-03-17 2024-02-13 T-Mobile Innovations Llc Selectively assigning uplink transmission layers

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2010082084A1 (en) * 2009-01-16 2010-07-22 Nokia Corporation Apparatus and method ofscheduling resources for device-to-device communications
CN102932751A (zh) * 2012-10-17 2013-02-13 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 物联网数据传输方法和物联网
CN104540107A (zh) * 2014-12-03 2015-04-22 东莞宇龙通信科技有限公司 Mtc终端群组的管理方法、管理系统和网络侧设备
CN104937859A (zh) * 2013-02-22 2015-09-23 英特尔Ip公司 具有集群协调的设备到设备通信

Family Cites Families (44)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB0004919D0 (en) * 2000-03-02 2000-04-19 Koninkl Philips Electronics Nv Ad-hoc radio communication system
KR20060098360A (ko) 2003-08-19 2006-09-18 각고호우징 게이오기주크 무선 통신 장치, ａｄ ｈｏｃ 시스템 및 통신 시스템
KR100640327B1 (ko) * 2003-11-24 2006-10-30 삼성전자주식회사 고속 개인용 무선 네트워크에서의 브릿지 동작을 위한새로운 프레임 구조와 데이터 전송 방법
TWI282245B (en) 2004-04-16 2007-06-01 Research In Motion Ltd Method and apparatus for dynamic group address creation
CN101072390B (zh) 2006-05-12 2010-12-01 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种数字集群系统的动态群组管理方法
CN101771586B (zh) * 2008-11-14 2013-10-09 华为终端有限公司 Wi-Fi点对点网络实现添加设备的方法、系统和设备
WO2010082114A1 (en) * 2009-01-16 2010-07-22 Nokia Corporation Enabling device-to-device communication in cellular networks
CN101610567B (zh) 2009-07-10 2012-05-30 华南理工大学 一种基于无线传感器网络的动态群组调度方法
WO2011126321A2 (ko) * 2010-04-07 2011-10-13 엘지전자 주식회사 그룹 기반 m2m 통신 기법
US9614641B2 (en) * 2010-05-12 2017-04-04 Qualcomm Incorporated Resource coordination for peer-to-peer groups through distributed negotiation
US8553605B2 (en) 2010-09-10 2013-10-08 Qualcomm Incorporated Packet identification for power saving in wireless communication networks
WO2012082024A1 (en) * 2010-12-13 2012-06-21 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) Methods and user equipments for device to device communication
US9497722B2 (en) 2011-05-02 2016-11-15 Ziva Corp. Distributed co-operating nodes using time reversal
KR20130065002A (ko) * 2011-12-09 2013-06-19 한국전자통신연구원 단말간 직접 통신 제어 방법
WO2013100834A1 (en) * 2011-12-30 2013-07-04 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) Method and network node for handling beacon signal transmission
WO2013149387A1 (en) * 2012-04-05 2013-10-10 Renesas Mobile Corporation Apparatus and method for accessing unlicensed band with network assistance
RU2614527C2 (ru) * 2012-05-15 2017-03-28 Телефонактиеболагет Л М Эрикссон (Пабл) Управление помехами для связи "от устройства к устройству" с помощью сети
CN104303439B (zh) 2012-05-30 2017-10-13 英特尔公司 用于管理异构载波类型的技术
IN2015DN02817A (zh) 2012-10-05 2015-09-11 Ericsson Telefon Ab L M
CN104782062B (zh) 2012-12-06 2017-12-26 英特尔公司 用于小区专用参考信号(crs)的序列生成
CN104871618B (zh) * 2012-12-21 2019-05-10 瑞典爱立信有限公司 用于分配上行链路无线资源的网络节点和方法
AU2014258790B2 (en) * 2013-04-23 2016-04-14 Sony Corporation Communication control device, communication control method, wireless communication system, and terminal device
US20140321355A1 (en) * 2013-04-30 2014-10-30 Intellectual Discovery Co., Ltd. Relay using device-to-device communication in the infrastructure-based communication system
EP2987361B1 (en) * 2013-05-10 2020-02-26 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. System and methods for controlling out-of-network d2d communications
EP3742810B1 (en) 2013-06-26 2022-01-19 Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (publ) Cluster head selection in a communications network
US9516606B2 (en) * 2013-07-19 2016-12-06 Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha Terminal apparatus, method, and integrated circuit
CN105453632B (zh) 2013-08-04 2019-03-26 Lg电子株式会社 在无线通信系统中调节设备对设备时序的方法和装置
US9392615B2 (en) * 2013-08-20 2016-07-12 Google Technology Holdings LLC Methods and devices for allocating resources in device-to-device communication
US10326674B2 (en) 2013-08-27 2019-06-18 Purdue Research Foundation Compressing trace data
US20150148074A1 (en) * 2013-11-27 2015-05-28 Nokia Solutions And Networks Oy Method and apparatus for proximity-based service
US20150131482A1 (en) * 2013-11-11 2015-05-14 Electronics And Telecommunications Research Institute Method for transmitting discovery signal in device-to-device communication
CN105993200B (zh) * 2014-03-20 2020-05-26 夏普株式会社 终端装置、基站装置、集成电路以及通信方法
WO2015160158A1 (ko) * 2014-04-13 2015-10-22 엘지전자(주) 무선 통신 시스템에서 d2d 단말 그룹 관리 방법 및 이를 위한 장치
WO2015171153A1 (en) * 2014-05-08 2015-11-12 Fujitsu Limited Device-to-device wireless communication
CN105101437B (zh) 2014-05-09 2019-02-12 电信科学技术研究院 一种d2d通信方法及设备
KR102183333B1 (ko) * 2014-08-08 2020-11-26 주식회사 아이티엘 단말간 통신을 지원하는 무선 통신 시스템에서 버퍼상태보고 전송 방법 및 장치
CN104333888A (zh) * 2014-10-27 2015-02-04 中央民族大学 一种基于Wi-Fi直连的自组织即时通信方法
JP2016096475A (ja) * 2014-11-14 2016-05-26 Kddi株式会社 無線制御装置、端末装置、および通信方法
JP2016201663A (ja) * 2015-04-09 2016-12-01 ソニー株式会社 装置及び方法
MX2018009681A (es) * 2016-02-18 2018-09-11 Ericsson Telefon Ab L M Un metodo para determinar parametros para transmitir en un canal de control de enlace ascendente.
KR20190021202A (ko) * 2016-06-29 2019-03-05 광동 오포 모바일 텔레커뮤니케이션즈 코포레이션 리미티드 Ｄ2ｄ 통신 방법 및 ｄ2ｄ 기기
WO2018032338A1 (zh) * 2016-08-16 2018-02-22 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 设备对设备通信的方法和终端设备
WO2018119641A1 (zh) * 2016-12-27 2018-07-05 华为技术有限公司 传输系统信息的方法和终端设备
US20190045483A1 (en) * 2017-08-07 2019-02-07 Apple Inc. Methods for Device-to-Device Communication and Off Grid Radio Service

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2010082084A1 (en) * 2009-01-16 2010-07-22 Nokia Corporation Apparatus and method ofscheduling resources for device-to-device communications
CN102932751A (zh) * 2012-10-17 2013-02-13 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 物联网数据传输方法和物联网
CN104937859A (zh) * 2013-02-22 2015-09-23 英特尔Ip公司 具有集群协调的设备到设备通信
CN104540107A (zh) * 2014-12-03 2015-04-22 东莞宇龙通信科技有限公司 Mtc终端群组的管理方法、管理系统和网络侧设备

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP3410612A4 *

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2022502928A (ja) * 2018-09-26 2022-01-11 フラウンホーファー−ゲゼルシャフト・ツール・フェルデルング・デル・アンゲヴァンテン・フォルシュング・アインゲトラーゲネル・フェライン グループ通信のためのリソースプールの設計
US11864163B2 (en) 2018-09-26 2024-01-02 Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der angewandten Forschung e.V. V2X dynamic groupcast resource allocation
JP7419358B2 (ja) 2018-09-26 2024-01-22 フラウンホーファー－ゲゼルシャフト・ツール・フェルデルング・デル・アンゲヴァンテン・フォルシュング・アインゲトラーゲネル・フェライン グループ通信のためのリソースプールの設計

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW201739305A (zh) 2017-11-01
CN108702205A (zh) 2018-10-23
US20190335440A1 (en) 2019-10-31
JP2019519951A (ja) 2019-07-11
US10575283B2 (en) 2020-02-25
JP6690012B2 (ja) 2020-04-28
EP3410612A4 (en) 2019-05-22
KR20190002449A (ko) 2019-01-08
TWI725160B (zh) 2021-04-21
HK1255477A1 (zh) 2019-08-16
EP3410612B1 (en) 2021-06-09
EP3410612A1 (en) 2018-12-05

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2017185369A1 (zh) 用于设备间通信的方法和装置
JP6957467B2 (ja) サービス伝送方法及び装置
WO2017161573A1 (zh) 传输反馈信息的方法和装置
TWI716594B (zh) 設備間通信的方法和裝置
WO2020248259A1 (zh) 随机接入方法、终端设备和网络设备
CN111867089A (zh) 一种资源分配方法及设备
TW202029681A (zh) 用於harq傳輸之方法及通訊裝置
WO2021212372A1 (zh) 资源分配方法和终端
US20230069425A1 (en) Sidelink resource allocation method and terminal device
WO2022120610A1 (zh) 无线通信方法和终端
WO2023060559A1 (zh) 无线通信的方法和终端设备
WO2022165843A1 (zh) 侧行传输方法和终端
WO2023108351A1 (zh) 无线通信的方法及终端设备
WO2023010351A1 (zh) 无线通信方法、装置、设备及存储介质
WO2022150991A1 (zh) 无线通信的方法和设备
WO2022151427A1 (zh) 一种传输方法、终端设备和网络设备
WO2022134050A1 (zh) 无线通信方法和终端
WO2022021311A1 (zh) 无线通信方法和终端设备
WO2022021293A1 (zh) 信道侦听的方法及设备
WO2022150990A1 (zh) 一种无线通信的方法及装置、通信设备
WO2023186814A1 (en) Resource allocation for sidelink retransmissions in unlicensed spectrum

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2016899880

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2016899880

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20180829

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2018551468

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20187029501

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 16899880

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1